Upload
dolien
View
237
Download
4
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
.
SAGE ACCPAC
Sage Accpac ERP™
System Manager Administrator Guide
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
SM AG ttl.doc, printed on 5/30/2008, at 5:58:56 PM. Last saved on 5/30/2008 5:58:00 PM.
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
©2008 Sage Software, Inc. All rights reserved. Sage Software, Sage Software logos, and all Sage Accpac product and service names are registered trademarks or trademarks of Sage Software, Inc., or its affiliated entities. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Sage Software, Inc. Publisher No part of this documentation may be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated, microfilmed, or otherwise duplicated on any medium without written consent of Sage Software, Inc. Use of the software programs described herein and this documentation is subject to the Sage Software License Agreement enclosed in the software package.
Administrator Guide iii
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Contents
Chapter 1: Introducing the System Manager What is the System Manager? ...................................................1–1 You Must Install LanPak ........................................................1–2 System Manager Features .......................................................1–3 System Manager Database Choices...............................................1–4 Opening Sage Accpac from a Web Browser .......................................1–5 System Manager Services .......................................................1–6 Steps to Set Up Sage Accpac .....................................................1–7 System Manager Documentation ...............................................1–10
System Manager User Guide ...............................................1–10 Tax and Bank User Guide ..................................................1–10 System Manager Administrator Guide.......................................1–11 LanPak Installation Guide / IAP Installation Guide ...........................1–12 Multicurrency Installation Guide............................................1–12 Quick Start Guide .........................................................1–12 Optional Fields Installation Guide...........................................1–13 Sage Accpac Workbook ....................................................1–13
Other Online Documentation...................................................1–13 Where To Now?...............................................................1–14
Chapter 2: Planning the Installation
Standard Sage Accpac Configurations ............................................2–2 Information That Users Share in a Network Installation ........................2–3
Mapping to Network Drives.....................................................2–4 Configuration 1: Sage Accpac on a Single Computer ..............................2–5
iv Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Configuration 2: Programs and Data on a Server ................................. 2–5 Configuration 3: Programs on Workstations; Data on Server....................... 2–7 Configuration 4: Programs and Data on the Sage Accpac Web Server............... 2–9
Before Opening Sage Accpac from a Web Browser ............................ 2–9 Moving Sage Accpac Programs and Databases................................... 2–10 How Multiuser Data Protection Works.......................................... 2–11 Where To Now? .............................................................. 2–12
Chapter 3: Installing Sage Accpac ERP
System Requirements .......................................................... 3–1 Before Installing System Manager ............................................... 3–2 Installing IIS................................................................... 3–3
Installing IIS on Different Windows Systems.................................. 3–4 Setting Up Dashboard.......................................................... 3–5
Configure IIS on the Web Server............................................. 3–5 Allow Anonymous Access for Dashboard .................................... 3–6 Create a New Application Pool for Dashboard ................................ 3–7 Create a New Windows Account for Dashboard Application Pool .............. 3–8 Configure Application Pool Identity ......................................... 3–9 Configure Web Browser Clients ............................................ 3–11
Requesting an Activation Code................................................. 3–11 Using Unregistered Programs.................................................. 3–19 Registering Sage Accpac Products .............................................. 3–20 Installing System Manager..................................................... 3–22
Installing System Manager on a Single Machine.............................. 3–22 Installing System Manager in a Peer‐to‐Peer Network ........................ 3–30 Installing System Manager in a Client/Server Environment.................... 3–31
After Installing System Manager ............................................... 3–32 Installing Accounting Programs................................................ 3–34
Before You Begin.......................................................... 3–34 Installing Sage Accpac ERP Accounting Programs............................ 3–34
Administrator Guide v
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Adding Workstations..........................................................3–38 Running Sage Accpac’s Workstation Setup Utility ............................3–40
Installing and Loading Sample Data.............................................3–41 Updating Programs and Accounting Data .......................................3–45
Updating the System Manager and Tax and Bank Services.....................3–46 Updating Accounting Programs ............................................3–46
Moving the Folder Where You Installed Sage Accpac ERP.........................3–47 Moving Different Segments of the Folder ....................................3–47
Uninstalling Sage Accpac ERP Modules .........................................3–48 Installing Additional Software Products from System Manager DVDs ..............3–48 Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users .......................................3–49
Setting up the Web Server ..................................................3–49 Using the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard...................3–51 Configuring the Sage Accpac Web Server for DCOM Remoting ................3–59 Configuring Web Browser Clients for DCOM Remoting.......................3–61 Configuring a Proxy Server for DCOM Remoting.............................3–61 Using HOSTS File .........................................................3–62
Where To Now?...............................................................3–65
Chapter 4: Setting Up Databases
Sage Accpac ERP Supports Various Databases ....................................4–1 Sage Accpac ERP System and Company Databases ................................4–1 Creating Datasource Names .....................................................4–3 Starting Database Setup.........................................................4–6 Creating and Setting Up a System Database.......................................4–7 Creating and Setting Up a Company Database ...................................4–15 Setting Global Security Options.................................................4–23 Setting Security Levels for Macros ..............................................4–25 Editing a Database Profile......................................................4–27 Backing Up Databases .........................................................4–29
Backing Up Pervasive.SQL Databases .......................................4–29 Backing Up SQL Server Databases ..........................................4–29
vi Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Backing Up Oracle Databases .............................................. 4–30 Backing Up IBM DB2 Databases ............................................ 4–30
Moving Databases ............................................................ 4–31 Moving a Pervasive.SQL Database.......................................... 4–31 Moving a SQL Server Database............................................. 4–32
Deleting Databases............................................................ 4–33 Verifying Databases........................................................... 4–35
Chapter 5: Activating Sage Accpac ERP
Before You Begin .............................................................. 5–2 Signing On to a New Company ................................................. 5–3 Creating the Company Profile................................................... 5–5
Entering Company Information ............................................. 5–5 Activating Applications ....................................................... 5–12
Before You Begin.......................................................... 5–12 Activating Application Upgrades........................................... 5–13 Activating New Applications .............................................. 5–17
Chapter 6: Entering User Information
Creating and Maintaining User Records.......................................... 6–3 Adding User Records....................................................... 6–3 Editing User Records ....................................................... 6–7 Deleting User Records ...................................................... 6–8 After Creating a User ID .................................................... 6–8
Customizing User Interfaces .................................................... 6–8 Creating UI Profile IDs ..................................................... 6–9 Assigning Users to Profile IDs.............................................. 6–11 Assigning More Than One Profile ID to the Same User........................ 6–13 Editing UI Profile IDs ..................................................... 6–14 Deleting UI Profile IDs .................................................... 6–16
Specifying User Directories .................................................... 6–18
Administrator Guide vii
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Before You Begin ..........................................................6–18 After Adding Customization Directories .....................................6–20
Chapter 7: Setting Up Security
Before Adding Security Groups..................................................7–2 Adding and Editing Security Groups.............................................7–2 Assigning User Authorizations ..................................................7–8
Chapter 8: Working with Restart Records
Restart Records ................................................................8–1 Getting Restart Information .....................................................8–1 Restarting an Operation.........................................................8–3
Appendix A: Setup Checklist System Manager Setup Checklist ............................................... A–1 Working with the Setup Checklist............................................... A–2
Appendix B: Troubleshooting
Diagnosis Checklist............................................................ B–1 Novell NetWare Network Rights/Privileges...................................... B–2 Printing Problems ............................................................. B–3
Left or Right Margins Cut Off............................................... B–3 Using DBSpy to View Pervasive.SQL and SQL Server Error Messages .............. B–3
Using DBSpy.............................................................. B–4 DBSpy Message Information................................................ B–5
Error Messages and Resolutions ................................................ B–7 Dashboards Errors ........................................................... B–15 Other Problems .............................................................. B–17
viii Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Appendix C: Technical Information
Sage Accpac Folder ............................................................C–1 Application Folders ........................................................C–1 System Manager Folders....................................................C–2
Registry Editor and ODBC.INI Settings ..........................................C–6 System Manager Security Resources .............................................C–7 System Manager View Objects ..................................................C–8 Super‐View Procedures ........................................................C–9
Appendix D: Pervasive.SQL Databases
Pervasive.SQL Database Engines ................................................D–1 Using the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine ..........................................D–2
Pervasive.SQL Client Engine Configuration ..................................D–2 Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine ....................................D–3 Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine ..........................................D–4
Using Pervasive.SQL for NetWare ...........................................D–5 Using Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT .......................................D–5 Installing the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine ...................................D–8 Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine ................................D–8 Setting Up Network Protocols at Workstations...............................D–10 Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Requester at Workstations ....................D–13
Where to Now?...............................................................D–15
Appendix E: Installing Sage Accpac ERP on a Windows Peer Network
Overview of Installation Steps .................................................. E–2 Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network ................. E–3
Installing and Setting Up Windows to Share Resources ........................ E–4 Enabling Resource Sharing.................................................. E–5 Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher............ E–6
Administrator Guide ix
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows 2000 ................... E–8 Preparing to Install System Manager ........................................... E–12 Where to Now? .............................................................. E–13
Appendix F: Microsoft SQL Server Databases
Connect to Server ..............................................................F–1 Create Database Containers .................................................F–2 Create Login ID ............................................................F–4 Assign Database Rights .....................................................F–6 Create ODBC Connection ...................................................F–7
Configure Sage Accpac ERP .....................................................F–8 Create Database ID .........................................................F–9
Setting Up Workstations ...................................................... F–10 Installing SQL Server Client Software on Each Workstation................... F–10
Where to Now? .............................................................. F–11
Appendix G: Setting Up Oracle Databases
Server Setup .................................................................. G–1 Client Setup .................................................................. G–2 Collating Sequences ........................................................... G–2
Appendix H: Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases
Server Setup ..................................................................H–1 Client Setup ..................................................................H–2 Collating Sequences ...........................................................H–3
Appendix I: Using Database Utilities
Using the Database Dump Utility ................................................ I–2 Running DBDUMP From the Windows/Start Menu ............................ I–2
x Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-toc.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:24:33 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:51:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Running DBDUMP From the Sage Accpac Web Desktop....................... I–4 Using the Database Load Utility................................................. I–4
Running DBLOAD from the Windows/Start Menu ............................ I–5 Running DBLOAD from the Sage Accpac Web Desktop ....................... I–8
Using the Database Copy Utility ................................................ I–9 Running DBLOAD ......................................................... I–9
Index
Administrator Guide 1–1
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
Chapter 1 Introducing the System Manager
The System Manager Administrator Guide is intended for the system administrator — the person who is responsible for setting up and managing a company’s accounting system.
This chapter introduces you to the Sage Accpac System Manager, describes its important features and services, and outlines the steps you must follow to set up the program for daily use.
The chapter also summarizes the remaining components of this guide, and describes the other guides included in the System Manager package.
What is the System Manager? The System Manager is the central component of Sage Accpac ERP. The System Manager controls access to all the accounting applications and manages information used by these applications.
The System Manager includes the sign‐on dialog box, the icons for the programs available for company use, and some common objects used by all accounting applications — objects such as the Finder, a macro editor, and a calculator. The System Manager also includes Common and Administrative Services that are described later in this chapter.
Since the System Manager is an internal component of Sage Accpac, its name does not appear to users.
You Must Install LanPak
1–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
You Must Install LanPak You must install at least one LanPak after installing System Manager in Order to Start System Manager and Open a Sage Accpac Database. Sage Accpac will not open without a LanPak.
You require an activation code for LanPak
You need an activation code for LanPak. To get the activation code, fill in and fax or e‐mail the form included in the LanPak installation, or fill in the Activation Request Form in the Private Partners Area on our Web site.
Like System Manager, you can install LanPak for a 30‐day grace period before getting a program activation code. If you do not activate LanPak within the 30‐day period, you will not be able to open Sage Accpac after the 30‐day period ends.
The number of LanPak licenses you require depends entirely upon the number of workstations that Sage Accpac will be installed on and the number of users who will access company databases on those workstations. The following table gives some examples:
Examples of usage Number of LanPak licenses required
One user opening one company with Sage Accpac installed at one workstation
One LanPak license
One user opening the same company at more than one workstation
One LanPak for each workstation
Two instances of Sage Accpac on one workstation, opening two different companies
Two LanPak licenses
Two instances of Sage Accpac on one workstation, opening the same company with two different User IDs
Two LanPak licenses
Two users, opening the same company on two different workstations
Two LanPak licenses
Each user opening Sage Accpac from a Web browser must have a LanPak license for each company they will open.
System Manager Features
Administrator Guide 1–3
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
LanPak determines database
LanPak determines the kind of database with which your Sage Accpac installation works. Sage Accpac supports Pervasive.SQL, IBM DB2, Microsoft SQL Server, and Oracle databases.
System Manager Features The System Manager:
• Supports multiple system and company databases for each Sage Accpac installation. As the system administrator, you create a set of data files for each company whose accounting records you keep, then link the company to a system database.
• Maintains company information that is shared by all integrated accounting applications for a company. This information includes the company address and options, fiscal calendar, optional field data, tax information, and bank information.
− Maintains user, security, and currency information that is shared by all companies linked to a system.
− Reminds users when recurring transactions are scheduled for processing.
− Lets users transfer funds between banks.
• Ties security to specific tasks. The system administrator sets up user groups, specifies the tasks each group is authorized to do, then assigns users to the groups.
• Allows fields not needed for day‐to‐day tasks to be hidden for specific users.
• Supports desktop customization. The system administrator creates folders and adds icons for the items used most often. For example, one folder can be defined as “startup,” which means that all items in the folder are automatically opened when Sage Accpac is started.
System Manager Database Choices
1–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Warns at sign‐on if earlier processing was not completed due to errors, and identifies the errors and any recovery steps the system administrator must take.
• Provides the capability for VBA macros to be written to customize forms based on each user’s needs, or for automating simple or complex tasks. For example, you can write a macro to place a restriction on a field that will require a supervisor’s approval when a clerk enters a shipment above a certain amount.
• Provides a full range of accounting reports and business forms. Users can customize these forms, and create reports and forms using a report writer.
Crystal Reports® no longer ships with System Manager
Crystal Reports must now be purchased and installed separately. However, if you had installed earlier versions of System Manager (before version 5.0), you will have Crystal Reports on your machine and you can use it as your report writer (but it must be at least version 8.0 of Crystal Reports).
System Manager Database Choices The System Manager works with the following accounting database systems:
• Pervasive.SQL.
• Microsoft SQL Server.
• IBM DB2.
• Oracle.
Pervasive.SQL databases
Pervasive.SQL is a high‐performance database system designed for Windows‐based programs and file servers.
Opening Sage Accpac from a Web Browser
Administrator Guide 1–5
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
Microsoft SQL Server databases
Microsoft SQL Server is a SQL‐based relational database package that runs on a Windows NT server. To store Sage Accpac data in a SQL Server database, you need to purchase the version of System Manager that supports SQL Server databases.
IBM DB2 databases
A single IBM DB2 database must contain the system database and all company databases using the system database.
Oracle databases A single Oracle database must contain the system database and all company databases using the system database.
Database utilities The Sage Accpac System Manager ships with a set of database utilities that let you move data easily from one database format to the other, including Database Dump and Database Load.
Database version Make sure that the Sage Accpac version you purchase supports the database you purchased and installed.
Opening Sage Accpac from a Web Browser You can open the company database from an Internet browser.
LanPak requirements
Each user opening Sage Accpac from a Web browser must have a LanPak license for each company they will open.
Internet Explorer 6.0 required
Users will need Internet Explorer 6.0 (or later) to open Sage Accpac from their browsers.
Windows 2003 necessary for server
Your users can run Sage Accpac in Windows XP (or higher), but the System Manager must be installed on a server running in Windows 2003 with IIS for Web access.
Web Configuration Wizard
See the section, “Configuration 4: Programs and Data on the Sage Accpac Web Server,” in Chapter 2 for instructions about setting up Sage Accpac for Web clients.
System Manager Services
1–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Printing reports from a browser
Note that reports, even though they are generated by the Web Server, and displayed by the Client Server, actually print to a local printer, not to a printer connected to the Sage Accpac Web Server.
Required To increase report performance from a browser, you must use Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal.
System Manager Services The System Manager provides the following services:
• Administrative Services — for activating data, checking data integrity, identifying incomplete processing, maintaining user information, and allowing the loading and dumping of database.
• Common Services — for maintaining the company profile, fiscal calendar, schedules for recurring transactions, optional fields (if installed), currencies, tax information, and bank information.
• Tax and Bank Services — for maintaining bank account and tax information.
The Administrative and Common services are described in this guide, and in the System Manager User Guide. Tax and Bank services are described in the Tax and Bank User Guide.
This Administrator Guide describes the services available only to the system administrator. The User Guide describes the services that are available to authorized users.
Steps to Set Up Sage Accpac
Administrator Guide 1–7
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
Steps to Set Up Sage Accpac The System Manager Administrator Guide provides the information you need to set up Sage Accpac for daily use. We recommend that you follow these steps:
Part I — Install the Database Software
If you are using Pervasive.SQL, the Pervasive.SQL software is all you need for Sage Accpac database management on a single‐user or small network system. On larger networks, we recommend that you install the server edition of Pervasive.SQL for NetWare or Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT.
Set up new ODBC connection
When setting up new Pervasive.SQL databases, if you are upgrading from a version of Sage Accpac running under Pervasive.SQL prior to version 5.2 of System Manager, you need to create ODBC connections. (For all new Pervasive.SQL databases in all environments for SM 5.2 and higher, the ODBC connection is created automatically behind the scenes.)
For more information on Pervasive.SQL databases, see Appendix D, “Pervasive.SQL Databases.”
If you are using Microsoft SQL Server, you can install the System Manager and accounting applications before you install and set up the software for managing your database. However, you cannot create a SQL Server database until you install and set up SQL Server and Client software.
Note. Microsoft SQL Server 2005 is supported by System Manager 5.5A.
The general steps for setting up SQL Server are as follows:
1. Install SQL Server (in Mixed Mode) on the server where you intend to store the Sage Accpac accounting data, then create databases on the server for your accounting data:
a. Create devices.
Steps to Set Up Sage Accpac
1–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
b. Create databases.
c. Create login IDs for Sage Accpac.
2. Install SQL Client software on each workstation that needs access to Sage Accpac data. (optional)
3. Test communication with the server, using the ISQL_w utility installed with SQL Server Tools.
4. Define the data sources for each workstation.
5. Run ODBC Administrator and create data sources for each Sage Accpac database.
For more information about Microsoft SQL Server, see Appendix F, “Microsoft SQL Server Databases,” and refer to the documentation that came with the server software.
If you are using Oracle as your database, see Appendix G, “Setting Up Oracle Databases.”
If you are using IBM DB2 as your database, see Appendix H, “Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases.”
Part II — Install and Set Up Sage Accpac
1. Install the System Manager and accounting applications (on Windows 2003 IIS to allow browser access), then restart your computer. (See Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP,” in this guide.)
2. Configure services and utilities for Web access. (See “Configuration 4: Programs and Data on the Sage Accpac Web Server,” in Chapter 2.)
3. Create your system and company databases using the Database Setup utility or the Setup Wizard, and assign global security from Database Setup. (See Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” in this guide, or see the Quick Start Guide for Setup Wizard instructions.)
Steps to Set Up Sage Accpac
Administrator Guide 1–9
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
4. Start Sage Accpac, selecting your new company in the Open Company dialog box. Activate Administrative and Common Services, and complete the company profile. (Follow the instructions in Chapter 5, “Activating Sage Accpac ERP,” in this guide, or see the Quick Start Guide for Setup Wizard instructions.)
5. Activate Tax and Bank Services.
6. If you are upgrading System Manager and Sage Accpac applications, and you used optional fields in earlier versions, you must now run the Optional Fields Conversion Wizard to convert the old optional fields to new optional fields. You cannot activate any applications until the conversion has been done.
7. Activate your accounting applications. (Follow the instructions under “Activating Applications,” in Chapter 5 of this guide.)
8. Add a user record for each person who will use the system, as described in Chapter 6, “Entering User Information.” Change the password in the ADMIN user record before any users start using the product.
9. Restrict user access to data by defining security groups and assigning users to the groups. (See Chapter 7, “Setting Up Security,” in this guide.)
10. Customize the user interface to hide fields for specific users. (See “Customizing User Interfaces,” in Chapter 6 in this guide.)
11. Select the standard printer and printing options for your company. (See Chapter 10, “Printing,” in the System Manager User Guide.)
12. If you use multicurrency accounting, add all your currency information. (See Chapter 8, “Entering Currency Information,” in the System Manager User Guide.)
13. If your users will be using customized forms, specify directories where the forms will be located. (See “Specifying User Directories,” in Chapter 6 of this guide.)
System Manager Documentation
1–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
14. If you use optional fields, create them now in Common Services, then add them to your applications. (See Chapter 9, “Setting Up Optional Fields,” in the System Manager User Guide.)
A setup checklist is explained in Appendix A in this guide. To print a PDF version of the setup checklist, click Start > All Programs > Sage Accpac > Online Documentation > System Manager > System Manager Setup Checklist. It opens in Adobe Acrobat for printing or viewing.
System Manager Documentation System Manager documentation includes the System Manager User Guide, the Tax and Bank User Guide, the System Manager Administrator Guide, the Update Notice, LanPak Installation Guide, IAP Installation Guide, Multicurrency Installation Guide (for multicurrency databases), Quick Start Guide, Optional Fields Installation Guide, and the Sage Accpac Workbook, in Acrobat PDF format, as well as the Readme file, and numerous checklists.
You can optionally install the guides on Sage Accpac ERP servers and workstations when you install the System Manager program, and then open them from the Help menu on the Sage Accpac ERP desktop (click Help > Online Documentation > System Manager).
System Manager User Guide
The System Manager User Guide explains how to start Sage Accpac ERP and use the common services and tools that are supplied with the System Manager for day‐to‐day use.
Tax and Bank User Guide
System Manager Tax and Bank User Guide introduces the tax and bank services, and explains how to set them up and use them with Sage Accpac ERP accounting applications.
System Manager Documentation
Administrator Guide 1–11
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
System Manager Administrator Guide
In addition to Chapter 1, the following chapters are included in this guide (the System Manager Administrator Guide):
Chapter 2, Planning the Installation, discusses the issues you need to be aware of before you install and set up Sage Accpac to run on a network or from a Web browser.
Chapter 3, Installing Sage Accpac ERP, lists the equipment needed to use the product, and explains how to install the System Manager, how to set up Sage Accpac ERP for Internet users, and discusses installation of accounting applications.
Chapter 4, Setting Up Databases, describes the steps for creating and maintaining sets of system and company data.
Chapter 5, Activating Sage Accpac ERP, gives instructions for preparing company data for use with accounting applications.
Chapter 6, Entering User Information, describes the information to enter for each user.
Chapter 7, Setting Up Security, explains how to set up security groups and assign users to these groups.
Chapter 8, Working with Restart Records, gives instructions for using the restart information that is displayed when errors cause certain procedures to stop.
Appendix A, Setup Checklist, includes a checklist of step‐by‐step instructions to set up Sage Accpac ERP.
Appendix B, Troubleshooting, gives suggestions for solving installation problems.
Appendix C, Technical Information, gives an overview of the folder structure of Sage Accpac ERP, and describes System Manager security resources and view objects.
Appendix D, Pervasive.SQL Databases, explains how to use the Pervasive.SQL record management system.
System Manager Documentation
1–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Appendix E, Installing Sage Accpac ERP on a Windows Peer Network, describes what you need to know to set up servers and workstations in a Microsoft Windows peer network.
Appendix F, Microsoft SQL Server Databases, explains how to use the Microsoft SQL Server database system.
Appendix G, Setting Up Oracle Databases, explains how to set up and use the Oracle database system.
Appendix H, Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases, explains how to set up and use the IBM DB2 database system.
Appendix I, Using Database Utilities, explains how to use the Load, Dump, and Copy database utilities.
The Index contains an alphabetical listing of topics in the System Manager Administrator Guide, with corresponding page‐number references.
LanPak Installation Guide / IAP Installation Guide
These guides explain how to install and use the licensing products that you need to run Sage Accpac ERP.
Multicurrency Installation Guide
This guide explains how to use a multicurrency database to enter, post, and report transactions in the originating currency of transactions and in the functional currency of your business.
Quick Start Guide
This guide describes how to install Sage Accpac ERP programs and data on a workstation for use in a workgroup environment, using the Sage Accpac ERP Setup Wizard.
Other Online Documentation
Administrator Guide 1–13
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Introduction
Optional Fields Installation Guide
This guide explains how to install and set up the Sage Accpac ERP Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator program.
Sage Accpac Workbook
This workbook offers tutorials to help you gain experience with Sage Accpac ERP accounting applications.
Other Online Documentation When you install System Manager, you also install the following online documents into \Sage Accpac\DOCS\SM55AENG:
• Readme contains specialized information about the program, and describes any program changes that occurred after the manual was finished.
• Database Changes contains technical information, such as a list of all the database tables in the System Manager program, the fields you can import and export, and database or report changes.
• SM-Setup Checklist lists the steps for setting up System Manager.
• Tax Setup Checklist lists the steps for setting up Tax Services.
• Bank Setup Checklist lists the steps for setting up Bank Services.
• Processing Bank Transactions Checklist lists the steps for performing bank transactions using Bank Services.
• Reconciling Bank Accounts Checklist lists the steps for performing a bank reconciliation using Bank Services.
• Setup Wizard Data Entry lists the steps to use when creating system and company databases using the Setup Wizard.
Where To Now?
1–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-1.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:29:50 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:43:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Setup Wizard Follow-Up lists the steps to use after you create system and company databases using the Setup Wizard.
Where To Now? If you have just purchased the System Manager and an accounting application, and are ready to install them:
1. Read Chapter 2 in this guide, “Planning the Installation.”
2. Then follow the instructions in Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP.”
Online Help Whenever you need help for a process, click the Help button or press F1 on your keyboard.
If you are new to Sage Accpac ERP, read the Introduction section in the Sage Accpac Workbook before you begin using System Manager with your own data.
You can find the Sage Accpac Workbook in the System Manager directory on the Sage Accpac ERP DVD, or choose it from the Help menu on the Sage Accpac ERP desktop (click Help > Online Documentation > System Manager > Workbook).
Administrator Guide 2–i
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
Chapter 2 Planning the Installation
Standard Sage Accpac Configurations ............................................2–2 Information That Users Share in a Network Installation ........................2–3
Mapping to Network Drives.....................................................2–4 Configuration 1: Sage Accpac on a Single Computer ..............................2–5 Configuration 2: Programs and Data on a Server ..................................2–5 Configuration 3: Programs on Workstations; Data on Server .......................2–7 Configuration 4: Programs and Data on the Sage Accpac Web Server ...............2–9
Before Opening Sage Accpac from a Web Browser .............................2–9 Moving Sage Accpac Programs and Databases ...................................2–10 How Multiuser Data Protection Works ..........................................2–11 Where To Now?...............................................................2–12
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Administrator Guide 2–1
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
Chapter 2 Planning the Installation
This chapter describes the standard configurations for Sage Accpac programs and data, and it explains how to set up servers and workstations for each configuration. It also describes how Sage Accpac protects data integrity when workstations share data.
You must install LanPak after installing System Manager in order to start Sage Accpac. LanPak performs two functions:
• It licenses Sage Accpac for 1 or more users.
To use Sage Accpac on a single computer with a single user, you must install a 1‐user LanPak. You must purchase and install additional LanPaks for multiuser access to Sage Accpac.
• It determines the kind of database with which your Sage Accpac installation works—Pervasive.SQL, IBM DB2, Microsoft SQL Server, or Oracle. Make sure that you install the version of LanPak that matches your database.
Important! To open Sage Accpac on a browser, each user requires a LanPak for each company database they will be signing on to.
LanPak packages are available that increase the number of users on a network by 1, 5, 10, or 20.
Integration Access Pack
An Integration Access Pack (IAP) will increase the user count for programs that are using Sage Accpac’s XAPI to gain access to a Sage Accpac database. Using IAP, you can add users to a network quickly and easily. Currently, IAP packages are available that increase the number of users on a network by 1, 5, 10, or 20.
Planning Installation
Standard Sage Accpac Configurations
2–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Standard Sage Accpac Configurations Sage Accpac supports the following program and data configurations:
• Programs and data on a workstation. This is the basic, single‐user configuration where all programs and data are installed and used on a single computer (workstation).
• Programs and data on a server. This is the most common network configuration. This is the typical installation if you have a dedicated server, and it is easier to set up and maintain. Programs are installed on the server, then each of the workstations is set up using the System Manager’s Workstation Setup utility.
• Programs on workstations and data on a server. This is a common arrangement on a peer network to reduce the amount of traffic on the server.
Choose this configuration to improve performance. By installing programs on the workstation, demands on the server are reduced. This is more important in a peer network, especially if you are also using the server as a workstation.
Opening from Web • Programs and data on the Sage Accpac Web Server. This configuration is required if your users will be opening Sage Accpac from Web browsers.
Before you install Sage Accpac, select the configuration that best meets your needs. The following table summarizes the advantages and disadvantages of each.
Configuration Advantage Disadvantage Programs and data on a workstation
Eliminates network traffic.
Uses more local disk space.
Programs and data on a server
Saves local disk space; makes installation easier.
Creates more network traffic.
Programs on workstation and data
Reduces network traffic.
Makes setup more difficult; uses more
Standard Sage Accpac Configurations
Administrator Guide 2–3
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
Configuration Advantage Disadvantage on server local disk space. Programs and data on the Sage Accpac Web Server
Allows access from a Web browser.
Requires Windows IIS setup.
You can mix and match the first three configurations for workstations. For example, you can install all the programs on some workstations so that network traffic for these workstations is minimized. On other workstations, you may want to share programs on the server to save disk space. For browser access, all programs must be installed on the Sage Accpac Web Server.
Opening Sage Accpac from a Web browser
If your users will be opening your Sage Accpac company databases from a Web browser, all Sage Accpac programs and data must be installed on the Sage Accpac Web Server.
Information That Users Share in a Network Installation
On a network, Sage Accpac users can share the following information:
• Programs — System Manager and accounting application program files. You can install these on workstations or on a common network drive.
You must run all programs from a single location
Note that you cannot run some Sage Accpac applications from a workstation and others from a network server. Sage Accpac treats all the program modules as a unit and requires that they all exist in the same folder (by default, . . .\Program Files\Sage Accpac).
• Shared Data — the data in the . . .\SITE, . . .\USER, and . . .\COMPANY folders, which are installed by the System Manager as subfolders. You can move the shared data anywhere, but it must be accessible to all users in a multiuser installation.
Mapping to Network Drives
2–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
For a summary of subfolders, see Appendix C, “Technical Information.”
• System and company databases — created by the system administrator, following instructions in Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases.”
Important! The Shared Data must be used by all workstations sharing system or company databases.
Mapping to Network Drives If network users share Sage Accpac programs or data, each workstation needs to map to the drives containing those files. The simplest arrangement is to decide on standard drive mappings, and make sure that all workstations use the same drive letters to refer to the same folder on a server.
Database setup stores the location of the system and company databases using drive letters and folder names. If mappings are not consistent, Sage Accpac can still find the data. When a user signs on to Sage Accpac and selects a database, the system first checks for the data files on the drive specified in the company database profile. If the system cannot find the data files, it asks the user to enter the location.
Windows Registry The path is saved in the Windows Registry.
From that point on, whenever the user selects this company, the system first checks the database profile for the location, then the user’s alternate location.
For information on sharing and mapping drives on a peer network, see Appendix E, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP on a Windows Peer Network.”
Root folder We recommend that you do not map to the Sage Accpac root.
Configuration 2: Programs and Data on a Server
Administrator Guide 2–5
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
Configuration 1: Sage Accpac on a Single Computer The System Manager Setup program makes installation on a single computer very easy. We recommend that you accept all default folders when you install on a single computer, so that upgrades are easier and problems can be quickly resolved.
Once you have installed Sage Accpac, you are free to create your company database on the workstation or on a network drive.
For installation instructions, see “Installing System Manager on a Single Machine,” in Chapter 3 in this guide.
Configuration 2: Programs and Data on a Server This is the most common configuration. It is also the easiest to set up and uses the least amount of disk space at each workstation. The disadvantage is that running programs from the server creates heavier network traffic.
Each workstation using Sage Accpac programs and data from a server must be mapped to it. See instructions for “Mapping to Network Drives,” earlier in this chapter.
If you are using a Pervasive database, the Pervasive Server engine is required if the company data is on a network.
To share programs and data on a network server:
1. At one of the workstations (the primary workstation), install the System Manager.
Follow the installation instructions in “Installing the System Manager,” in Chapter 3 of this guide.
2. Choose paths for the following:
Programs. Enter a path to the drive and folder on the server where you are installing the System Manager.
Configuration 2: Programs and Data on a Server
2–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Data. Enter the path of the shared data on the network. This folder is often the same as the program folder. See Appendix C, “Technical Information,” for more information on the Sage Accpac folder structure.
3. Select System Manager Files and Workstation Setup Files components to install.
4. Install LanPak on your server, following the instructions in the LanPak Installation Guide. LanPak is Sage Accpac’s multiuser licensing system.
• You must install one LanPak or Sage Accpac will not open.
• You can install more than one LanPak to increase the number of workstations by 1, 5, 10, and 20.
5. Set up each workstation to run Sage Accpac. (This process creates registry files on the workstation computer.)
Type d:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\WSSETUP\ LAUNCH.EXE (where d: represents the network drive), then click OK.
6. At the primary workstation, install the accounting applications you will use.
Follow the installation instructions in “Installing Accounting Applications,” in Chapter 3 of this manual.
Accept the default drive and folder, or choose Browse to select the same drive and folder on the server where you installed the System Manager.
7. At the primary workstation, set up your system and company databases, using either the Setup Wizard or the Database Setup utility. See Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” in this guide, or see the Quick Start Guide for instructions about using the Setup Wizard.
Configuration 3: Programs on Workstations; Data on Server
Administrator Guide 2–7
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
Oracle, IBM DB2, or SQL Server databases
Note: You must create data sources if you will be using SQL Server, Oracle, or IBM DB2 databases. Please read Appendix F, “Microsoft SQL Server Databases,” Appendix G, “Setting Up Oracle Databases,” or Appendix H, “Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases.”
For more information, you should also read the documentation included with the database products.
Configuration 3: Programs on Workstations; Data on Server
This configuration needs less server space and generates less network traffic. However, it takes up more local disk space and requires more time to set up. This configuration is used mainly on small peer networks where the server is also being used as a workstation.
Each workstation using data from the server must be mapped to it. See instructions for “Mapping to Network Drives,” earlier in this chapter.
Pervasive Server engine Note: If the company data is on a network server using a
Pervasive database, you need the Pervasive Server engine.
To use local programs and share data on a server:
Install System Manager on workstations
1. Install the System Manager and applications on each workstation’s local drive and folder, following the installation instructions in the section “Installing the System Manager,” in Chapter 3 of this guide.
2. Choose paths for the following:
Programs. Enter a path to the drive and folder on the workstation where you are installing System Manager.
Configuration 3: Programs on Workstations; Data on Server
2–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Data. Enter the path of the shared data on the network. This folder must be a network drive that all users have access to. For more information on the Sage Accpac folder structure, see Appendix C, “Technical Information.”
Setup creates the correct folder structure on the server, as illustrated in the following:
Folder structure
3. Install LanPak on your server, following the instructions in the LanPak Installation Guide.
LanPak required You must install one LanPak or Sage Accpac will not open.
Using the Web Each user opening Sage Accpac from a Web browser must have a LanPak license for each company they will open.
4. At each workstation, specify the location of the shared data.
You can specify locations by changing settings in the Registry Editor. To open the Registry Editor, double‐click the file, REGEDIT.EXE, in C:\Windows.
5. At the primary workstation, create your system and company databases on the server, using either the Database Setup utility or the Setup Wizard. See Chapter 4 in this guide, “Setting Up Databases.”
Configuration 4: Programs and Data on the Sage Accpac Web Server
Administrator Guide 2–9
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
Configuration 4: Programs and Data on the Sage Accpac Web Server
You can set up Sage Accpac to run from a Web Server with all clients running from Web browsers.
Windows 2003/ XP Pro
Users can use Windows XP (or higher), with the System Manager installed on a server running Windows 2003 with IIS (or running under XP Pro with IIS).
To open Sage Accpac in a Web browser, your users must be running Internet Explorer 6.0 as a minimum (with all patches).
Use the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard to set up the Sage Accpac Web Server. This configures IIS and the Windows 2003 Component Services Utility. See Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP,” for instructions about using the Wizard, modifying the settings (if needed), and how to deploy the Web server through firewalls and proxy servers.
Users will be asked to download Web Client Support files the first time they open Sage Accpac from a Web browser. This download updates operating system files on their computers.
Before Opening Sage Accpac from a Web Browser
To ensure that your users will be able to open Sage Accpac from a browser, you must choose System Manager .NET Libraries as one of the components when you install the System Manager. If your users are going to run the Sage Accpac desktop, also make sure that Workstation Setup is chosen during installation. (These options appear in the Select Features screen during installation.)
After installing the System Manager and accounting applications, take the following steps to prepare users to open Sage Accpac from their browsers.
1. Configure the Sage Accpac Web Server so that users will have access from their browsers, as described in Chapter 3.
Moving Sage Accpac Programs and Databases
2–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
2. Create User IDs. See Chapter 6, “Entering User Information,” in this guide. (Note that users who will open Sage Accpac from their browsers must be assigned a password.)
3. Set up Security Groups. See Chapter 7, “Setting Up Security,” in this guide.
4. Assign User Authorizations. See the section, “Assigning User Authorizations,” in Chapter 7 in this guide.
5. Create and assign UI Profile IDs. See the section, “Customizing User Interfaces,” in Chapter 6 in this guide.
Moving Sage Accpac Programs and Databases Program files If you move program files (for example, from C:\Program
Files\Sage Accpac to C:\NEW\Sage Accpac), you must:
1. Change the command line and folder for the Sage Accpac icon located on the Windows desktop:
a. Select the Sage Accpac icon using the right mouse button, then choose Properties from the menu that appears.
b. Choose the Shortcut tab.
c. Edit the Target and Start In fields.
2. Change settings in the Registry Editor (double‐click REGEDIT.EXE in the C:\Windows folder).
Company or system databases
If you move company or system databases, use the Database Setup program to change the location of the databases. See “Editing a Database Profile,” in Chapter 4 of this guide.
Shared data The shared data folder is the parent folder of the Company, Site, and User folders. If you move the shared data, you must change the settings in the Registry Editor.
How Multiuser Data Protection Works
Administrator Guide 2–11
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Planning the Installation
How Multiuser Data Protection Works It is important to understand how Sage Accpac protects data integrity when workstations share the same data.
Each application follows specific rules for multiuser access. Some processes lock out all other users from the application. Some processes prevent other users from performing related tasks. Other processes allow concurrent use of data but ensure data integrity is maintained. Refer to each applicationʹs User Guide for detailed information.
To allow efficient data entry, Sage Accpac does not lock records, but to ensure data integrity, the system prevents two workstations from making changes to the same record at the same time, in a method called passive concurrency.
Passive concurrency protects data integrity in a multiuser environment by letting you save changes to a record only if the record has not changed since you selected it.
For example, assume a record contains the following information, and that two workstations select the record for editing:
Date of Entry Part No. Quantity Price June 30, 10:05:49 100 15 18.00
Sequence of steps:
1. User 1 selects the record for editing. The date stamp is 10:05:49, the time of the last update.
2. User 2 opens the same record. The date stamp is still 10:05:49.
3. User 1 changes the quantity to 10, then saves the record. The date stamp has not changed since the record was read (10:05:49); therefore, the save is allowed. The record date stamp now becomes 10:11:02, the time of the update.
4. User 2 changes the price to 22.00, not realizing that user 1 has already changed the same record. When user 2 tries to save the
Where To Now?
2–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-2.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:16:09 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 4:27:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
record, the system compares the original record date stamp (10:05:49) with the current stamp (10:11:02). The time difference indicates that another user has edited the record. The save is not allowed, and an error message indicates that the record has been modified by another user.
5. If user 2 still wants to make the price change to the record, he or she should choose the Cancel Changes command from the record menu. The system automatically rereads and displays the same record, showing the change made by user 1. User 2 can now change the price and save the change. This time the save is allowed, because no other user has edited the record since the last update, 10:11:02.
Where To Now? If you are ready to install System Manager and your accounting applications, go on to Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP.”
Activation codes are required for all Sage Accpac applications, including LanPak. Information about requesting activation codes and using the program while awaiting a code is included in Chapter 3.
Administrator Guide 3–i
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Chapter 3 Installing Sage Accpac ERP
System Requirements...........................................................3–1 Before Installing System Manager................................................3–2 Installing IIS ...................................................................3–3
Installing IIS on Different Windows Systems ..................................3–4 Windows Vista .........................................................3–4 Windows XP / Windows 2000 Server .....................................3–5
Setting Up Dashboard ..........................................................3–5 Configure IIS on the Web Server .............................................3–5 Allow Anonymous Access for Dashboard.....................................3–6 Create a New Application Pool for Dashboard ................................3–7 Create a New Windows Account for Dashboard Application Pool...............3–8 Configure Application Pool Identity..........................................3–9
Notes about configuring IIS on different Windows systems ................3–10 Configure Web Browser Clients.............................................3–11
Requesting an Activation Code .................................................3–11 Using Unregistered Programs ..................................................3–19 Registering Sage Accpac Products ..............................................3–20 Installing System Manager .....................................................3–22
Installing System Manager on a Single Machine ..............................3–22 Installing System Manager in a Peer‐to‐Peer Network.........................3–30 Installing System Manager in a Client/Server Environment ....................3–31
After Installing in a Client/Server Environment ...........................3–32 After Installing System Manager................................................3–32 Installing Accounting Programs ................................................3–34
Before You Begin ..........................................................3–34 Installing Sage Accpac ERP Accounting Programs ............................3–34
3–ii Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Adding Workstations ......................................................... 3–38 Running Sage Accpac’s Workstation Setup Utility............................ 3–40
Installing and Loading Sample Data ............................................ 3–41 Updating Programs and Accounting Data....................................... 3–45
Updating the System Manager and Tax and Bank Services .................... 3–46 Updating Accounting Programs ............................................ 3–46
Moving the Folder Where You Installed Sage Accpac ERP ........................ 3–47 Moving Different Segments of the Folder.................................... 3–47
Uninstalling Sage Accpac ERP Modules......................................... 3–48 Installing Additional Software Products from System Manager DVDs ............. 3–48 Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users....................................... 3–49
Setting up the Web Server ................................................. 3–49 Using the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard .................. 3–51
Step 1: Select Remoting Channel ........................................ 3–52 Step 2: Configure .NET Remoting Parameters ............................ 3–53 Step 3: Configure NET Desktop Parameters .............................. 3–54 Step 4: Configure Component Services .................................. 3–55 Step 5: Configure Internet Information Server ............................ 3–55 Step 6: Specify Settings for Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal ......... 3–57 Step 7. Install Sage Accpac Web Service ................................. 3–57
Configuring the Sage Accpac Web Server for DCOM Remoting................ 3–59 Configuring Web Browser Clients for DCOM Remoting ...................... 3–61
Configuring Windows 98/ME Clients ................................... 3–61 Configuring Windows NT 4.0 (SP4 or later) / Windows 2003 Clients........ 3–61
Configuring a Proxy Server for DCOM Remoting ............................ 3–61 Using HOSTS File......................................................... 3–62
Adding an Entry to the HOSTS file of the Client Machine when there is no Registered Internet Domain Name ........................ 3–63
Configuring Client/Server Machines’ HOSTS Files when the Machine Name Differs from the Registered Internet Domain Name .... 3–63
Where To Now? .............................................................. 3–65
Administrator Guide 3–1
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Chapter 3 Installing Sage Accpac ERP
This chapter explains how to install System Manager and Sage Accpac ERP accounting programs.
System Requirements If you are installing Sage Accpac on a network, refer to Chapter 2, “Planning the Installation.”
To run Sage Accpac on your desktop, you need:
• Sage Accpac System Manager and program DVDs.
• LanPak or IAP licenses for each user for each company they will open.
• Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003 or higher and Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for workstations.
• A personal computer capable of running Microsoft Windows. We recommend a 1.0 GHz Pentium processor (2.0 GHz for the Server) and at least 512 MB of memory.
• Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal.
• One of the following databases supported by Sage Accpac:
− Pervasive.SQL 9.6 or higher. − Microsoft SQL Server 2000/2005. − Oracle 9i (or 10g, or higher). − IBM DB2 8.1 FPII (or higher).
Before Installing System Manager
3–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Required for running System Manager from a Web server:
• Sage Accpac Web Client Server.
• Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0, with the latest service pack.
For further details about requirements, also refer to the System Manager Update Notice.
Before Installing System Manager
You need an activation code to use Sage Accpac; however, you can use Sage Accpac for up to 30 days while awaiting your code. (See the sections “Requesting an Activation Code” and “Using Unregistered Programs,” later in this chapter.)
The number of LanPak licenses you require depends entirely upon the number of workstations that Sage Accpac will be installed at and the number of users who will access company databases on those workstations, as outlined in Chapter 1 of this guide.
LanPak requirements for Web access
Each user opening Sage Accpac from a Web browser must have a LanPak license for each company they will open. (See Chapter 1 in this guide for examples of LanPak usage.)
You require an activation code for LanPak
You need an activation code for LanPak. To get the activation code, fill in the Activation Request Form in the Private Partners Area on the Sage Accpac Web site (http://www.sageaccpac.com), or e‐mail your request during LanPak installation.
Accounting modules
To install other accounting modules and software packages, see “Installing Additional Software Products from System Manager DVDs,” later in this chapter.
Before activating See the System Manager Update Notice for instructions on what to do before activating updates of your Sage Accpac applications.
Installing IIS
Administrator Guide 3–3
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Installing IIS If you will be choosing the Dashboard option during System Manager installation, you must first install IIS. The next sections describe how to install IIS and how to configure Dashboard.
You must install IIS before you install the System Manager if you will be choosing Dashboard as one of the installation components.
Requires: Net Framework 2.0
Before installing IIS, make sure you have .NET Framework 2.0 installed.
Windows 2003 Server
Unless otherwise specified, instructions and figures in this section are based on Windows 2003 Server.
1. Click Start > Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs > Add/Remove Windows Components.
This opens the Windows Components Wizard:
Windows Components Wizard
2. Select the Application Server component from the list in the Wizard.
Installing IIS
3–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
3. Click the Details button to confirm that ASP.NET is selected, as shown below:
4. Click Next, then follow the onscreen instructions to install IIS.
5. Restart IIS by running “iisreset” from the command line.
Installing IIS on Different Windows Systems
Read the following information for your particular system.
Windows Vista
On the Windows Features screen, expand the Internet Information Services folder.
1. Expand the Web Management Tools folder, then:
a. Expand the IIS 6 Management Compatibility folder.
b. Select “Windows IIS Metabase and IIS 6 Configuration Compatibility.”
2. Expand the World Wide Web Services folder, then:
a. Expand the Application Development Features folder.
b. Select “ASP.NET.”
Setting Up Dashboard
Administrator Guide 3–5
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
The following shows the Windows Features screen:
Windows XP / Windows 2000 Server
You need to register ASP.NET with IIS by running the following from the command line:
C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727\aspnet_regiis –i
Setting Up Dashboard The next sections describe how to set up Dashboard.
Configure IIS on the Web Server
This section is an overview of configuration requirements for the Microsoft Internet Services Manager. Unless otherwise specified, instructions and figures in this section are based on Windows 2003
Setting Up Dashboard
3–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Server. For additional information, refer to the Internet Information Services Manager’s online help.
Following is the summary of the steps to configure IIS on the server:
1. Allow anonymous access for dashboard site.
2. Create a new application pool for dashboard.
3. Create a new Windows account for dashboard application pool.
4. Configure application pool identity.
Allow Anonymous Access for Dashboard
1. Under Internet Information Services, double‐click on the computer name to expand the tree.
2. Open the Default Web Site branch (by clicking on it), and look up the SageAccpacDashboard installation in the list.
3. Select the SageAccpacDashboard installation, and right‐click to display the shortcut menu.
4. Select Properties.
5. Click the Directory Security tab on the Dashboard Properties screen.
Dashboard Properties screen
Setting Up Dashboard
Administrator Guide 3–7
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
6. Within the Authentication and Access Control section, select Edit to view the Authentication Methods screen:
Authentication Methods screen
7. Make sure the Enable Anonymous Access option is selected.
8. If you made changes that you would like to keep, select OK, otherwise, to exit without saving your changes, select Cancel until you are back at the Internet Services Manager.
Create a New Application Pool for Dashboard
You can always use the default application pool (DefaultAppPool) for the dashboard site. It may be preferable to create a new one if you are running more than one Web site on this server.
To create a new application pool:
1. Open the Information Services Manager:
a. In the left pane, click Server name.
b. Right‐click Application Pools.
c. Select New.
d. Select Application Pool.
Setting Up Dashboard
3–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
2. Enter the new application pool name “Dashboard,” then click OK.
You now assign the new application pool to the Dashboard site.
To assign the new application pool to the dashboard site:
1. Open the Information Services Manager.
2. In the left pane, click Web Sites, then click Default Web Site.
3. Right‐click on Sage Accpac Dashboard, then choose Properties to open the following screen:
Dashboard Properties screen
4. In the Application Pool field, select “Dashboard”.
5. Click OK to accept the change.
Create a New Windows Account for Dashboard Application Pool
1. Create a new user, such as DASHBOARD, within the Computer Management / Local Users and Groups.
This user should have sufficient rights to the Sage Accpac ERP installation and data. The default location is C:\Program Files\Sage Software\Sage Accpac.
Setting Up Dashboard
Administrator Guide 3–9
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
This user also needs sufficient rights to read the registry on the server. If you need to access resources across a network, for example, or if your database resided on a different server, this would be a domain user.
It is recommended for this user to have Administrative rights on the server machine.
2. Make this user a member of the IIS_WPG group (the IIS worker process group), as follows:
a. Go to Administrative Tools > Computer Management > Local Users and Groups, and double‐click on the Groups folder.
b. Double‐click on the IIS_WPG group.
c. Click Add to open the Select Users, Computers or Groups screen.
d. Enter the user name or select the user from the list, then click OK.
e. In the IIS_WPG Properties window, click Apply, and then click OK.
Configure Application Pool Identity
You need to change the account under which the Dashboard Application Pool runs, to use newly created account.
To configure application pool identity:
1. Open the Information Services Manager.
2. Click the server name, and then double‐click on the Application Pools folder.
3. In the list under Application Pools, right‐click the Dashboard entry, then click the Properties button (to open the Dashboard Properties screen).
Setting Up Dashboard
3–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
4. On the Identity tab of the Dashboard Properties screen, set the following:
a. In the Application Pool Identity section, select the “Configurable” option.
b. In the User Name and Password fields, enter the name and password of your IIS Anonymous User. Make sure this user is a member of the IIS_WPG group as described in “Create a New Windows Account for Dashboard Application Pool.”
Dashboard Properties
c. Click Apply, then click OK to save your settings.
5. Reset IIS.
Notes about configuring IIS on different Windows systems
• Vista: Configuring IIS on Vista is similar to Windows 2003 Server except that the new Windows account should be added to the IIS_IUSRS group.
Also make sure “.NET Trust Levels” for the Website are set to “Full (internal)”. If you are running Vista 64‐bit, you need to set “Enable 32‐bit Applications” in the Application Pool Property to “True.”
Requesting an Activation Code
Administrator Guide 3–11
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
• WinXP/W2000 Server: There is no need to create a new Windows account. You can try to grant ASPNET account full access to Sage Accpac ERP Shared Data directory, or simply add it to the Administrators group. If it needs to access network resources, you should consider impersonation with a domain account.
Configure Web Browser Clients
1. Install Flash Player from the following site:
http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/
2. In Internet Explorer, open Tools > Internet Options > General Tab > Settings > Check For Newer Versions of Stored Pages.
3. Change the Temporary Internet Files option to “Every Visit to the Page.”
Bookmark Dashboard Web site
After installation, you must bookmark the Dashboard Web site on your user’s browsers. They will then be able to open Dashboard from within Sage Accpac ERP.
Requesting an Activation Code To use Sage Accpac System Manager and accounting programs for longer than 30 days, you require an activation code. Use one of the following methods to request the code:
• Fill in a form at the Sage Accpac International, Inc. Web site.
Or
• Create a form that you can fax or e‐mail to Sage Accpac, using the Sage Accpac installation DVD.
To request an activation code on the Sage Accpac Web site:
Fill in the Activation Request form on our Web site. The URL is: http://www.sageaccpac.com/support/online
Requesting an Activation Code
3–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Note: The activation code is based on your company name and your product ID/Serial number.
When filling out the form, be sure to:
• Type the product ID/Serial number exactly as it appears on the Sage Accpac DVD.
• Print your company name exactly the way you want it to appear on the Sage Accpac company desktop.
We will e‐mail your activation code within five business days.
To request an activation code during installation:
During installation, you can fill out an Activation Request form that you then fax to us or send as an e‐mail attachment.
1. Start Windows, and insert the Sage Accpac DVD into your computer’s DVD drive. (If the AUTORUN setting is enabled, the Sage Accpac Installation screen appears; if it does not appear, go to the DVD drive’s root (for example, d:\) and type LAUNCH.EXE.)
2. Click Sage Accpac ERP System Manager.
The Welcome screen appears.
Welcome screen
Requesting an Activation Code
Administrator Guide 3–13
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
3. Click Next to move to the Software License Agreement.
License Agreement
Read License Agreement
4. Read through the license. If you accept all the terms of the License Agreement, select the option, I Accept the Terms of the License Agreement.
5. Click Next to move to the Select Region screen.
6. Select your region.
Requesting an Activation Code
3–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
7. Click Next to move to the Setup Type screen:
8. Select either Custom or Complete as your Setup Type.
Complete: All the basic files will be automatically installed. The Select Features screen will not appear.
Custom: The Select Features screen will appear during installation when you select this option. It allows you to view file listings and select those you want installed. (For instance, you can clear the sample data option if you don’t want sample data installed, or install only the sample data that is specific to your database.)
9. Click Next to move to the following screen:
Folders
10. Enter paths for Sage Accpac program files and shared data, then click Next.
Requesting an Activation Code
Administrator Guide 3–15
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
The following screen appears:
Activation
11. Select I Need An Activation Code, then click Next.
The Activation Request form appears, displaying fields where you enter company information.
Activation Request form
12. Fill in all the fields in the form, being sure to type the company name exactly as you wish it to appear on the company desktop.
Fields already filled in?
If you are requesting a code for an accounting program after requesting one for the System Manager, these fields will already be filled in.
13. Click Next to continue entering your information.
Requesting an Activation Code
3–16 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Make sure the product ID/serial number is correct.
Activation Request form, continued
14. Again click Next to proceed to the following dialog box:
Fax or e-mail request
Click Print to fax, or click Save to e-mail the form
At this stage, you click Print to fax the form to Sage Accpac, or click Save to e‐mail the form. (See the following two sections for instructions for both.)
To fax the Activation Request form:
1. Click Print. The Fax Information dialog box opens:
Requesting an Activation Code
Administrator Guide 3–17
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
2. Type your name, company name, and fax number, then click OK to proceed to the Print dialog box. (If the fields are filled in, the defaults are the entries you made on the previous screen.)
3. Select your printer or fax. Either print a copy of the Activation Request form and fax it, or send by your fax modem to Sage Accpac, at the fax number included in the product box.
You return to the Activation Request dialog box.
4. Click Next, then click Finish to end installation.
We will fax your activation code within five business days.
After you receive your activation code, continue installation. Follow the steps in the section, “Installing System Manager on a Single Machine,” on page 3‐22, choosing “I Have an Activation Code,” in step 11.
To e-mail the Activation Request form:
1. At the Activation Request screen, click Save. The E‐mail Information dialog box appears, as shown below:
2. Type an e‐mail address in the E‐mail field (or accept the default), then click OK to proceed.
Requesting an Activation Code
3–18 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
The following dialog box appears:
3. Select a folder, type a file name, then click Save to save the form as a file that you later attach to an e‐mail.
You return to the previous Activation Request screen.
4. Click Next.
The following screen appears:
Finish activation request
5. Click Finish to end installation.
6. Open your e‐mail program, start a new message, attach the saved file, and e‐mail it to Sage Accpac. (The Sage Accpac e‐mail address is included in the product box.)
We will e‐mail your activation code within five business days. After you receive your activation code, continue installation.
Using Unregistered Programs
Administrator Guide 3–19
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Follow the steps in the section, “Installing System Manager on a Single Machine,” on page 3‐22, choosing “I Have an Activation Code,” in step 11.
Using Unregistered Programs To use Sage Accpac products while awaiting activation codes, select the option, “I Will Register Within 30 Days,” in the first Activation dialog box that appears during installation.
If you open Sage Accpac while awaiting an activation code, you will receive a warning similar to the following:
When you click OK, the Licenses dialog box opens, as shown below:
To use Sage Accpac without registering the product, simply click OK to open the company desktop.
Registering Sage Accpac Products
3–20 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
To view information about your Sage Accpac applications, highlight a product (scroll down the list as needed), then:
• To check the remaining time left in your temporary license, or view other information about the product, click the License Information button:
Click OK to return to the Licenses dialog box.
• To register a product, click the Register button (in the Licenses dialog box), then follow steps in the next section.
Registering Sage Accpac Products When you receive your activation code, you must be sure to register the Sage Accpac product before the license period ends.
If Sage Accpac doesn’t open
Note that you must apply for an activation code and register before the license period is over, or Sage Accpac will not open.
Start and end dates
Registering Sage Accpac Products
Administrator Guide 3–21
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
1. As soon as you receive your activation code, open the About Sage Accpac dialog box, then click the Licenses button, highlight the program, and click the Register button. (Or, click OK in the Warning message to open the Licenses dialog box, then click the Register button.)
Register products
2. Highlight the program in the Register Products dialog box, then click Register to proceed to the Activation form.
The Name, Company, Dealer, CC (Certified Consultant), and Product ID/Serial # fields will already be filled in with company information you entered during installation.
3. Enter your code in the Activation Code field, click OK, then continue clicking OK until you return to the Sage Accpac desktop. (The program appears as unregistered until you exit from the Licenses dialog box.)
For information about other dialog boxes that open from About Sage Accpac and Licenses (System Info, EULA, LanPak, IAP), please see Chapter 3, “Learning the Basics,” in the System Manager User Guide.
Installing System Manager
3–22 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installing System Manager We recommend that you have a Sage Accpac activation code before installation; however, if you do not have your activation code, you can still install the System Manager and use it for up to 30 days before registering.
• To apply for an activation code, and/or to use System Manager for up to 30 days before registering, see the section, “Requesting an Activation Code,” earlier in this chapter.
Single machine installation
• To install System Manager on a single machine, see the next section, “Installing System Manager on a Single Machine.”
Peer-to-peer installation
• To install System Manager in a peer‐to‐peer network, see the section, “Installing System Manager in a Peer‐to‐Peer Network,” on page 3‐30 in this chapter.
Client server installation
• To install System Manager in a client/server environment, see the section, “Installing System Manager in a Client/Server Environment,” on page 3‐31 in this chapter.
Web server • To set up the Sage Accpac Web Server so that users can open Sage Accpac in a browser, see “Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users,” later in this chapter.
Installing System Manager on a Single Machine
Follow these steps to install System Manager on a single machine.
1. Start Windows and insert the Sage Accpac DVD in your computer’s DVD drive. (If the AUTORUN setting is enabled, the Sage Accpac installation screen appears. If the installation screen does not appear, run LAUNCH.EXE from the DVD’s root drive.)
2. Click Sage Accpac System Manager to proceed to the Welcome screen. (You will see a screen labeled, “Preparing Setup.” Wait for the next screen to appear.)
Installing System Manager
Administrator Guide 3–23
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
3. Click Next, then read through the Software License Agreement.
4. Select “I accept the terms of the license agreement,” to continue with installation; otherwise, click Cancel to end installation.
When you accept the terms, the following screen appears:
Select Region
5. Select your region. (This determines the logo that appears on the splash screen when you open Sage Accpac ERP.)
6. Click Next to move to the Setup Type screen.
7. Select either Custom or Complete as your Setup Type:
• Complete: All the basic files will be installed. The Select Features screen will not appear.
• Custom: The Select Features screen will appear during installation when you select this option. It allows you to
Installing System Manager
3–24 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
view file listings and select those you want installed. (For instance, you can clear the sample data option if you don’t want sample data installed, or install only the sample data that is specific to your database.)
8. Click Next to continue with installation.
The Folders screen appears:
File locations 9. Enter paths to Sage Accpac program files and shared data. (If you have your activation code, and had used Installation to request it, the paths will be the ones you chose during that procedure. To accept those paths and continue with installation, simply click Next.)
• Programs. This is the path to System Manager files and accounting programs files. These files are installed in subfolders of the base folder you specify. For a summary of the subfolders, see Appendix C, “Technical Information.”
− The default base folder is C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac.
• Data. This is the path to the shared data on the network. For most users, this folder is the same as the programs folder. (See Appendix C, “Technical Information,” for more information on the Sage Accpac folder structure.)
Installing System Manager
Administrator Guide 3–25
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Note that programs and shared data folders can be in different folders and on different drives. (See Chapter 2, “Planning the Installation,” for more details.)
The locations you select are stored as registry settings.
10. After selecting paths, click Next.
The Activation window opens, as shown below:
Choose activation method
11. Select one of the following options:
• I Need An Activation Code. Select this option to apply for an activation code. Follow the steps in the section, “Requesting an Activation Code,” on page 3‐11.
• I Will Register Within 30 Days. Select this option, click Next, and continue at step 14.
• I Have An Activation Code. Select this option if you already have your activation code, then click Next.
Installing System Manager
3–26 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
The following screen appears:
The Activation Code field appears only if you chose “I Have An Activation Code.”
12. Fill in the fields in the Activation form, noting the following:
• Enter your company name exactly as you wrote it on the Activation Request form.
• If you receive an error message after entering the activation code, it means that the code does not match the company name or product ID. Each field must have the same information as the activation form you received from Sage Accpac.
13. Click Next to proceed to the Select Features screen.
If you chose Complete in the Setup Type screen, the Select Features screen does not appear. In this case, please continue with step 15.
Select Features
Installing System Manager
Administrator Guide 3–27
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Web Setup Files option
• If you are installing Sage Accpac on a Windows 2000 or Windows XP Pro system, the option, “Web Setup Files” appears in the list.
Providing browser access to Sage Accpac
You must select this option if you are setting up a Sage Accpac Web Server.
14. Select the Sage Accpac ERP features you wish to install, and clear those you are not installing.
Pervasive.SQL • Select Data Files for Pervasive.SQL if you are using a Pervasive.SQL database and want to use sample data.
Other databases • Select Data Files for Database Load to use sample data with IBM DB2, SQL Server, or Oracle databases. (For more information about loading sample data, see the section “Installing and Loading Sample Data,” later in this chapter.)
The sample data files that are installed include:
• Single-Currency Sample Data. SAMINC (Sample Company Inc.) is a single‐currency company that can use Sage Accpac US Payroll.
• Multicurrency Sample Data. SAMLTD (Sample Company Ltd.) is a multicurrency company that can use Sage Accpac Canadian Payroll.
Deleting sample data
If you decide later that you no longer need sample data, it can be deleted, following the instructions in the section, “Deleting Databases,” in Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases.”
The following items are also in the components list:
• Web Setup Files. This option installs the Web server files that will allow users to open Sage Accpac company databases from their Web browsers. The option appears only if you are installing on a computer running Windows 2000 or higher. When you select this option, the Sage Accpac SOAP Web Services files are also installed.
Installing System Manager
3–28 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Workstation Setup Files. This option allows client workstations to use Sage Accpac from a server without installing all Sage Accpac programs on the workstation.
• Online Documentation. This option installs copies of Sage Accpac documentation onto your hard drive.
• System Manager .NET Libraries. This option installs files that allow Sage Accpac to use .Net Remoting when running in a browser. These libraries are based on the Microsoft .NET Framework.
If you select this option during installation, and if your machine already has the .NET Libraries program installed, the Sage Accpac 5.5 .NET Libraries Setup Maintenance screen will be displayed just before System Manager installation ends. Select Repair to update .NET Libraries. (See the section “Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users,” on page 3‐49.)
Pre-install Microsoft .NET Framework
Pre‐install the Microsoft .NET Framework package before running the System Manager installation. Download the Microsoft .NET Framework and Service Pack 2 from the following Website:
http://msdn.microsoft.com/netframework/downloads /netframework10.aspx
• Crystal Reports 9 Runtime Files. If you customized and saved reports in Crystal Reports 9 format and if you will use Sage Accpac screens on a browser with Crystal Enterprise 9 or later, you need these files.
• Sage Accpac Dashboard. Select this component if you wish to monitor your organization’s key performance indicators for payables, receivables, and sales. See the section, “Installing IIS,” on page 3‐3.
Installing System Manager
Administrator Guide 3–29
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Install IIS first − You must install IIS prior to System Manager installation if you are choosing the Dashboard option. See the section, “Installing IIS,” on page 3‐3.
After installation, you access the Dashboard by entering the following URL in your browser:
http://servername/virtualdirectory
Servername could be a proper URL like www.accpac.com, for example.
Virtualdirectory is the name you entered during installation.
15. Click Next to proceed to the Select Program Folder screen:
Select Program Folder
16. Select a folder name or type one into the field, then click Next.
17. Continuing clicking Next until the following screen appears:
Installing System Manager
3–30 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
18. To view the System Manager Readme now, leave the option “Yes I Want To View The Readme File Now” checked.
Readme file is important
We recommend that you take the time to review the Readme file, as it contains valuable information that will ensure successful implementation of Sage Accpac, such as information not included in this guide, or information that has changed since the guide went to press. We suggest you print the file, copy all changes to System Manager guides, then follow any relevant suggested steps.
19. Click Finish to complete installation of Sage Accpac. (If you selected the Readme file, it now opens in WordPad.)
The Installation screen reappears. Continue installing programs that are listed on the DVD (for example, LanPak, Multicurrency, IAP), and request activation codes.
Store DVD and activation code
20. When you are finished, click Exit in the Installation screen, then remove the DVD and store it with the activation code. You will need the DVD and the code if you reinstall.
Installing System Manager in a Peer-to-Peer Network
Installing on a peer‐to peer‐network involves a few more steps than installing a workstation engine on a single machine. You must set up a shared computer, install a database, install Sage Accpac on the shared computer and on each workstation, install a user‐count license (for example, LanPak), as well as configure database server and client settings.
When you install the Workgroup engine on the same workstation as the database files are located, the workstation can act as a server.
To install the workgroup engine:
1. Set up workstations with access to the computer where you plan to install Sage Accpac programs and shared data.
Installing System Manager
Administrator Guide 3–31
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Use the same drive letter on each workstation to refer to shared data.
Click Workstation Setup Files
2. Install System Manager on the shared computer, choosing “Workstation Setup Files” in the Select Features step.
3. Install the database workgroup from the database DVD, following installation instructions as they appear onscreen. (See the database documentation for further information.)
You must install workgroup files on each workstation in the peer‐to‐peer network.
Reduce server traffic
To reduce traffic on the server, install System Manager (with the workstation engine) and programs on each workstation.
Installing System Manager in a Client/Server Environment
Dedicated NT or Windows 2000 network servers, and one or more dedicated NetWare servers connected to one or more clients, allow resource management and database processing to be handled by the server and not by the client workstation.
Windows NT, 2000, and XP servers require the following:
• 256 MB of RAM.
• 60 MB of hard disk space for system components (VBA and Crystal) in C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32.
• 200 MB of free hard disk space in the install location.
A NetWare server requires the following:
• 256 MB of RAM.
• 200 MB of free hard disk space for Btrieve Scalable SQL Clients.
After Installing System Manager
3–32 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
To install shared data on NetWare or Windows NT servers:
1. Set up your network and make sure all workstations use the same drive letter for shared data.
2. Install System Manager and a LanPak on each workstation.
3. Install the NetWare or Windows server from the database DVD, following onscreen installation instructions.
4. On each workstation, set up network clients by running LAUNCH.EXE from the Workstation setup folder installed on the server. This installs common tools and other files that are necessary for running Sage Accpac on each workstation.
5. Install your database client software on each workstation.
After Installing in a Client/Server Environment
After installing a database engine, you can:
• Install the Network Client software on the server and map from the workstation to the server.
• Install the Network Client software directly onto the workstation.
• Change the Requester and Local settings in the database to settings that will give the workstation access to the server.
After Installing System Manager After installing System Manager, install LanPak and/or IAP from the System Manager DVD, and apply for activation codes.
The System Manager Installation DVD also includes:
• Sage Accpac Multicurrency Accounting. (Install this if you use a multicurrency accounting system.)
After Installing System Manager
Administrator Guide 3–33
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
• Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator. (Install this if you use optional fields.)
Take the following steps after installing System Manager:
1. Create a system DSN and a company DSN for each system and company database.
• The database name should be the same name that you will use in Database Setup (use all capital letters).
• The location should be a folder using exactly the same name as the database name in C:/Sage Accpac/Data.
• DSN names must be 6 characters or less.
2. Set up Web access for users who will open their databases on the Sage Accpac Web desktop. For instructions, see the section “Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users,” on page 3‐49.
3. Activate services and programs. (See Chapter 5 in this guide.)
4. Set up Administrative Services:
a. Create users, assign UI Profiles, and create customization directories. (See Chapter 6 in this guide.)
b. Set up security groups and assign user authorizations. (See Chapter 7 in this guide.)
5. Set up Common Services:
a. Change data in the company profile if necessary. (See Chapter 6 in the System Manager User Guide.)
b. Set up the fiscal calendar. (See Chapter 7 in the System Manager User Guide.)
c. Set up schedules. (These can be set up later.) See Chapter 15 in the System Manager User Guide.
d. Set up the optional fields you will use in applications. (See Chapter 9 in the System Manager User Guide.)
Installing Accounting Programs
3–34 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
6. Set up Bank Services and Tax Services. (See the System Manager Tax and Bank User Guide.)
7. Set up the accounting applications you installed (see next section) and activated, and add the optional fields you created in Common Services if you use them. (See Getting Started and User Guides for each application.)
Installing Accounting Programs Follow the instructions in this section to install Sage Accpac accounting modules.
Before You Begin
Before installing Sage Accpac accounting modules, you must install the System Manager and at least one LanPak, as described earlier in this guide.
Request activation codes
You must have an activation code for each accounting program. (See “Requesting an Activation Code,” on page 3‐11.) Note that you can use programs for up to 30 days while awaiting your code.
Important network considerations
If you are sharing programs on a network, read Chapter 2, “Planning the Installation,” for important information.
Installing Sage Accpac ERP Accounting Programs
Follow these steps to install accounting programs.
1. Start Windows and insert the program DVD into your DVD drive.
If the installation screen does not immediately appear, go to the DVD’s root directory (for example, d:\) and run LAUNCH.EXE.
2. Click Next to continue with installation.
Installing Accounting Programs
Administrator Guide 3–35
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
3. Read through the License. Select the option, “I accept the terms of the License Agreement,” then click Next to continue; otherwise, select Cancel to end installation.
Need activation code
If you don’t have an activation code, click “I Need an Activation Code,” then follow the steps in the section, “Requesting an Activation Code,” beginning on page 3‐11.
4. If you have an activation code, select “I Have an Activation Code”, (or select “I Will Register Within 30 Days” to use Sage Accpac while awaiting your code), then click Next.
The Activation form opens:
The Activation Code field appears only when you click “I Have An Activation Code.”
5. Enter your name, company name, dealer’s and CC’s names, the product ID Serial number, and your activation code (if you have it), then click Next.
Installing Accounting Programs
3–36 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
If the activation code doesn’t work
If you see an error message after entering the activation code, it means that the code does not match the company name or product ID.
a. Check that you have typed all the information correctly. Each field must have the same information as the activation form you received from Sage Accpac.
b. To fix the mistake, tab to the incorrect field, then make the correction.
6. Use the Browse button to choose a destination location, or accept the default. (The default path displayed will be the folder where you installed System Manager.)
Choose Destination Location
7. Click Next to move to the Select Features screen:
Select Features
Installing Accounting Programs
Administrator Guide 3–37
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
8. Select Features to install, then click Next to proceed to the Select Program Folder screen.
Select Program Folder
9. Choose the program folder (the default is Sage Accpac) for the program icons, then click Next.
Application programs appear n the company desktop only after you activate them, as described in Chapter 5, “Activating Sage Accpac ERP.”
The Start Copying Files screen now appears. This is where you confirm the settings you chose in previous screens.
Start Copying Files
10. Click Next to continue, or click Back to change previous settings. After you click Next, the installation program begins copying files. (This may take a few minutes.)
Adding Workstations
3–38 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
When installation is finished, the following screen appears:
Installation complete
To view the program’s Readme file now, leave the default option selected, and click Finish. The Readme opens in WordPad.
Readme files are important
Readme files contain information not included in the program guides, or information that has changed since the guides went to press. We suggest you print all Readme files, copy changes to the guides, and follow any relevant suggested steps.
11. Repeat these steps for each program.
Store the DVD and activation code
When you are finished installation, store the DVD and the activation codes in a safe place. You will need them if you ever need to reinstall.
Adding Workstations This section contains general instructions and various notes on setting up Sage Accpac workstations.
Workstation Setup files can be installed on the server or on a workstation. If these files are installed on a server, the workstation must be set up to access both programs and data on the server.
Adding Workstations
Administrator Guide 3–39
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Workstation overview
Before you add workstations, you should read Chapter 2, “Planning the Installation,” for an overview of how to arrange Sage Accpac programs and data on a network.
To set up workstations:
1. Install System Manager first, choosing Workstation Setup Files as one of the components to install.
2. Install a sufficient number of LanPak units for running the workstations. You must install a LanPak before you can use Sage Accpac.
Web access You need more than one LanPak to allow more than one person to use Sage Accpac at a time. Note that you need one LanPak per company per user for Web access.
3. Use Sage Accpac System Manager to add User IDs for employees using the workstations.
4. Set up the workstations with Microsoft Windows and any necessary network software.
Windows peer networks
If you are adding workstations to a Windows peer network, refer to Appendix E, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP on a Windows Peer Network,” for instructions on setting up servers and workstations that will share programs and data.
SQL Server If you are adding workstations to a SQL Server installation:
a. Install Client for Microsoft Networks, and specify the Windows NT domain to which you are going to log on.
b. Install SQL Server Client software on each workstation that needs access to Sage Accpac data.
c. Test communication with the server using the ISQL_w utility installed with SQL Server Enterprise Manager.
Mapping drives 5. Map drives on the workstations to the Sage Accpac program and shared data folders.
Adding Workstations
3–40 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
If your company data is on a separate drive, you must also establish drive mappings for that drive.
Use the same drive assignments for each workstation.
6. Run the Sage Accpac Workstation Setup utility, specifying the locations of the common tools and shared data folders.
7. Restart the computer and start Sage Accpac ERP.
Problems running Sage Accpac
If you have any problems starting Sage Accpac, check the configuration in the Registry Editor. (Double‐click regedit.exe in the Windows folder to open the Registry Editor.)
Running Sage Accpac’s Workstation Setup Utility
Sage Accpac’s workstation setup utility performs these functions:
• Copies some Sage Accpac program files to the workstation, and other files to WINDOWS\SYSTEM folders.
• Sets up registry entries.
Note that you must install the workstation setup program when you install System Manager. If you cannot find the WSSETUP folder where you installed Sage Accpac, you will have to install it from the System Manager DVD.
To run Workstation Setup:
1. Double‐click LAUNCH.EXE (Workstation Setup) from the WSSETUP folder.
2. Click Next in the Welcome screen, then click Next in the License Agreement screen.
3. Choose the path for the shared data. This is the path to the folder holding general database information (shared data on the network). For most users, this folder is the same as the program folder. See Appendix C, “Technical Information,” for more information on the Sage Accpac folder structure.
Installing and Loading Sample Data
Administrator Guide 3–41
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Folders can be different
Programs and shared data can be in different folders, and may even reside on different drives. See Chapter 2, “Planning the Installation,” for details.
Registry settings Shared Data files are stored as registry settings.
4. Click Next. If you need to make changes, click Back to return to previous screens.
5. Click Install to complete the workstation setup.
Restart computer 6. Restart your computer to activate all necessary paths and to reload device and database drivers.
If you have problems starting Sage Accpac, make sure your workstation drive mappings are correct. (Restarting the computer may have reset the mappings.)
See Appendix C, “Technical Information,” for details about Sage Accpac folders.
Installing and Loading Sample Data Sage Accpac ships with sample databases that you can use while learning about Sage Accpac or for testing new procedures, macros, or tools.
The sample databases are shipped on the System Manager DVD in an extracted format.
Sage Accpac database utilities
System Manager ships with special database utilities, which let you load sample data, back up or store data in a compressed format, and copy data between databases (such as from Pervasive.SQL to Microsoft SQL Server). You can also optimize performance by compressing, then dumping and reloading databases.
These three utilities (Database Dump, Database Load, and Database Copy) are described in Appendix I in this guide.
Installing and Loading Sample Data
3–42 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Before you begin A Sage Accpac SQL Server database must have clustered indexes, therefore, if you use Microsoft SQL Server as your database, and you are upgrading from System Manager 4.2 or earlier, you must run the updateDB.SQL script (found in \Program Files\Sage Accpac\Runtime). This file runs from the Query Analyser — one of the SQL Server tools. (Sage Accpac supports Microsoft SQL Server 2000 and higher.)
To install and load sample data:
1. Install IBM DB2, MS SQL Server, Oracle, or Pervasive.SQL databases.
2. Create IBM DB2, SQL Server, or Oracle system and company databases that you will use for sample data. (System Manager installation does this for Pervasive.SQL databases.)
3. Create Pervasive.SQL DSNs.
Database names and IDs
You may create databases using any IDs you wish; however, it’s less confusing to use the same IDs that we’ve used for our sample data: SAMINC, SAMLTD, and SAMSYS.
4. Install the System Manager. When you get to the Select Features screen, choose one of the following sample data options:
• Data Files for Pervasive.SQL. This choice loads sample data for Pervasive.SQL databases. If you chose this option, you can skip the rest of this section.
• Data Files for Database Load. This choice installs sample data for loading into Oracle, IBM DB2, and MS SQL databases.
Follow the instructions in this section to load the sample data into the databases you created.
For information about databases supported by Sage Accpac, see Appendix D, Appendix F, Appendix G, and Appendix H in this guide.
Installing and Loading Sample Data
Administrator Guide 3–43
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Note: No other workstation can use Sage Accpac while you are loading sample data.
To load sample data into Oracle, IBM DB2, and MS SQL databases:
Go to Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” in this guide if you are using the sample data with a Pervasive.SQL database.
1. Make sure you selected the option, “Data Files for Database Load” in the Select Features screen during System Manager installation.
2. From the Windows Start menu, click Programs > Sage Accpac > Tools > Database Load (or click the Database Load icon in the Administrative Services folder on the Sage Accpac desktop).
3. Enter the Sage Accpac Administrator’s password, then click OK.
Datasets
a. Click the Set Directory button to choose the directory that holds the sample databases if they don’t appear when the Datasets screen first appears.
b. Click the Details button if you want further information about a highlighted dataset.
Installing and Loading Sample Data
3–44 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
4. Click Next.
Databases
5. Highlight the target system database that you created for the sample data (SAMSYS in our example), then click Next.
The Load Data dialog box displays the database you chose in the previous step:
Load Data
6. Click Next to load another dataset, if required, and then repeat steps 1 to 5.
7. In the Load Data dialog box, highlight the target database.
8. Click Finish.
9. Click OK in the ensuing message after checking that you are loading the data into the correct location.
You will see a message similar to the following message as the datasets are loaded:
Updating Programs and Accounting Data
Administrator Guide 3–45
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
10. After the loading is completed, the Load Data dialog box reappears. Click Next to load the next database (if any), then repeat steps 9 and 10, or click Cancel to exit.
11. Open the Sage Accpac Database Setup program to add the databases for use by Sage Accpac and to create the database tables that Sage Accpac requires. (For instructions about using Database Setup, see Chapter 4 in this guide.)
Updating Programs and Accounting Data Upgrade LanPak You must upgrade LanPak when you upgrade System Manager.
They must both have the same version number and be the same series (for example, Sage Accpac 500 ERP or Sage Accpac 200 ERP).
Note that LanPak licenses are purchased separately from System Manager, and must match the database type you use (for example, Pervasive.SQL). The number of LanPak licenses you purchase depends on the number of users and the number of workstations where Sage Accpac will be installed.
Warning! If you created any customized check forms in earlier versions of Accounts Payable or in Payroll, or any customized reports, make sure you copy the files to a temporary folder before you upgrade; they will be over‐written during installation.
The general procedure for installing new versions of Sage Accpac programs and updating your accounting data follows:
1. Create temporary folders for customized reports and forms.
2. Copy the files for these customized reports and forms to the temporary folder.
3. Install the System Manager and Sage Accpac programs following the instructions earlier in this chapter.
Data Activation
4. Using the Data Activation icon in the Administrative Services folder, activate the new programs you installed.
Updating Programs and Accounting Data
3–46 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Updating the System Manager and Tax and Bank Services
If you currently keep tax and bank data for any of your companies, you need to activate Bank Services and Tax Services for each company, as explained next.
1. Ask all other users to close the company database you are updating Tax and Bank Services for, then sign on to the company using the system administrator’s ID and password.
2. Click the Data Activation icon in the Administrative Services folder. Select G/L Subledger services, click the Activate button, then do the same for the Bank Services option.
3. Activate Tax Services.
4. Click Close.
Updating Accounting Programs
After installing a new version of a Sage Accpac accounting program, you must activate it for each company database that you maintain. To do so:
1. Ask all other users to close the first company database you are updating, then sign on to the company using the system administrator’s ID and password.
2. Click Data Activation from the Administrative Services folder.
3. From the list of programs in the Data Activation dialog box, select the program you just installed (for example, General Ledger), then click Activate.
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 for each set of accounting data that you maintain on your system.
Note. Some programs must be activated after other programs. The system will let you know if you need to activate in a different order.
Moving the Folder Where You Installed Sage Accpac ERP
Administrator Guide 3–47
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Moving the Folder Where You Installed Sage Accpac ERP
For a description of the contents of the Sage Accpac folder, see Appendix C, “Technical Information.”
If you move the Sage Accpac folder you must be careful, because it contains:
• Program files.
• The Shared Data folders (although these folders can exist elsewhere).
• Database files.
Moving Different Segments of the Folder
You must treat each segment as a unit. For example, you cannot move some of the program files to a different location; all of them must reside in the same place.
Shared Data. SITE, USER, and COMPANY subfolders.
Program Folders. APxxa, ARxxa, ASxxa, BKxxa, CPxxa, CSxxa, GLxxa, GPxxa, ICxxa, OExxa, POxxa, RUNTIME, TXxxa, and UPxxa (where xx represents the program version number).
These folders must all be subfolders of the same parent folder.
System and Company Databases. For instructions to move Pervasive.SQL and Microsoft SQL Server databases, read “Moving a Database,” in Chapter 4 of this guide.
Installing Additional Software Products from System Manager DVDs
3–48 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Uninstalling Sage Accpac ERP Modules To uninstall Sage Accpac modules, click the Add/Remove Programs icon in the Control Panel. Highlight the module you want to change, then click the Change/Remove button. The following screen appears:
Select the Remove option, then click Next. You will see the Setup Status dialog box, and then the Maintenance Complete screen appears. Click Finish to close. The program and all its components will be deleted from your computer.
Installing Additional Software Products from System Manager DVDs
Some versions of the System Manager DVD may contain additional software programs.
To install additional software from the DVDs:
1. Start Windows, and insert the DVD into your DVD drive.
2. Follow the instructions on the Installation screen to install the additional software products.
Before activating See the System Manager Update Notice for instructions on what to do before activating updates of your Sage Accpac applications.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–49
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users Use the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard to set up the Sage Accpac Web Server. This configures IIS and the Windows 2000 Component Services Utility.
SOAP A Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) interface to the business logic objects will enable Web service‐based integration (handled by ASP.Net and translated into Sage Accpac view calls). You can choose the option to allow Sage Accpac to be accessed as a Web Server when running the Web Deployment Wizard.
Add-on products need SOAP interface
Note that the SOAP interface is needed only if you are using add‐on products that use the Sage Accpac SOAP interface (that is, our own Sage Accpac product line, application modules, etc, do not use SOAP).
Setting up the Web Server
1. Install a database (Pervasive.SQL, Microsoft SQL Server, IBM DB2, or Oracle).
2. Install Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal.
3. Install System Manager on a Windows 2003 server. Make sure to choose the component, “Web Setup Files” in the Select Features screen.
4. After installing System Manager, you must install one LanPak for each user for each company connected. (See the LanPak Installation Guide for more information on providing access for additional users.)
To provide lower‐cost “LanPaks” for applications that access Sage Accpac databases through XAPI, install one Integration Access Pack (IAP) for each user for each company connected. (See the IAP Installation Guide for more information.)
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–50 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
5. Create an identity for a user. (Make this user an administrator who has the rights to access Sage Accpac.)
6. Run the Web Deployment Configuration Manager Wizard. (See the section, “Using the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard” on page 3‐51.)
• For the server information, the APS name will be your server name.
• The Folder Name is the folder where you will store reports during report generation. For example, if you enter “Sage Accpac Reports” here, you must add a folder with the same name (that is, Sage Accpac Reports).
• The Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal product that is shipped with Sage Accpac does not support the addition of new users. You must use Administrator in this case. If you are using the Professional edition, you can set up a separate user under Account Management.
Two remoting channels
You can choose either DCOM or Microsoft .NET Remoting as your server connection.
DCOM Remoting. Distributed COM (DCOM) is a technology that allows COM‐based components to access remote servers. DCOM works well on networks without firewalls, but requires extra configuration whenever firewalls are involved in the communication path between client machines and servers.
.NET Remoting. The Sage Accpac 5.5 .NET Libraries is a package based on the Microsoft .NET Framework, providing a set of .NET based interfaces to the System Manager. The package enables Web‐deployed Sage Accpac servers to make use of .NET Remoting, which is a flexible Web deployment method. This deployment option allows the Sage Accpac server to communicate with client machines through a pre‐determined set of network ports that provides simple configuration when deployed through firewalls.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–51
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Sage Accpac 5.5 .NET Libraries require the following:
• Microsoft .NET Framework 1.0 with service pack 2.
• System Manager 5.5A, with the latest service pack.
• The Microsoft .NET Framework needs to be installed on the server, as well as on all client machines accessing the server.
Note. NET Libraries is not required if the workstation already has .NET Framework 1.1 installed.
You must change server settings
If Web Deployment was already set up on the machine to use DCOM, installing the Sage Accpac 5.5 .NET Libraries will not change the server to use .NET Remoting. The server will continue to use DCOM as the remoting mechanism until you re‐configure the server by running the Web Deployment Configuration Wizard.
Using the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard
Use the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard to quickly set up Sage Accpac Web Deployment.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–52 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Paths and URLs that appear in the fields on the Web Deployment Configuration Manager ensure the correct operation of Sage Accpac from users’ Web browsers.
1. From the Windows Start menu, click Programs, Sage Accpac, and choose Sage Accpac Web Deployment Manager. (This menu choice appears only if you chose “Web Setup Files” in the Install Components screen while installing System Manager on a Windows 2003 server.)
2. From the Sage Accpac Web Deployment Manager, select Configure from the menu, then select Run Configuration Wizard to launch the wizard.
3. Review the information displayed on the Welcome page.
4. Click Next. (Each time you click Next, a new tab opens; the first one is labeled Step 1, as described next.)
Step 1: Select Remoting Channel
The first step is to choose the remoting channel or method you want to use with the server (the mechanism the Sage Accpac server uses to communicate with client machines).
You choose one of two channels:
• Microsoft.NET Framework Remoting. If you select this option, you then click Next to move to the Step 2 tab.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–53
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
• Distributed COM (DCOM) Remoting. When you select this option, then click Next, the program goes directly to the Step 4 tab. (See “Step 4: Configure Component Services,” on page 3‐55.)
Step 2: Configure .NET Remoting Parameters
1. Specify the .NET Remoting parameters, including the port range, enhanced security options, and encryption options.
• Port Range. .NET Remoting uses a predefined set of ports for communication between client machines and the server. You need to specify the port range to be used by the server. The default port range displayed by the wizard is suitable if you do not have other server programs running on the server, besides the Web server. If you have other server programs running on the server, the port range might collide with other network applications and Sage Accpac would not be able to use the full range of ports you specified. For a correct range of ports to use in your environment, contact your network administrator.
− The Sage Accpac .NET Remoting Service (1 port used system‐wide).
− Each user signed on to the Web‐based Sage Accpac desktop.
− Each application screen a user launches.
• Enhanced Security. Enhanced Security provides an extra layer of protection by requiring a user who is signing on to the Sage Accpac server to supply a Windows username and password. The user must be able to authenticate with the system using a Windows account before being presented with the Sage Accpac Signon screen. The Windows account could be a local user account on the server, or a Windows Domain account if the server is part of a Windows Domain. If you do not select this option, users are only required to sign on through the standard Sage Accpac Signon screen.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–54 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Encrypt Network Data. Selecting this option encrypts all data transferred between the client machines and the server, providing the best data protection when the server is deployed over the Internet.
2. Click Next to move to the Step 3 tab.
Step 3: Configure NET Desktop Parameters
In this step, you choose a maximum number of Web Server Objects, then click Next to move to the Step 4 tab.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–55
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Step 4: Configure Component Services
A server component needs to be installed into the Windows Component Services. The component generates the Web pages when users sign on to the Web‐based Sage Accpac desktop.
The server component runs as a background process (similar to Windows NT Services), and the process needs to run under a Windows user profile.
1. Enter a username and password of a valid Windows user account that the server process should use.
2. Confirm the password, then click Next to move to the Step 5 tab.
Step 5: Configure Internet Information Server
Sage Accpac uses the Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) as the Web server for the Web‐based desktop. (This is where you specify how the Sage Accpac service should be configured in IIS.)
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–56 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
1. Specify a Virtual directory name to be used when installing the Sage Accpac Web site into IIS. (This name becomes part of the URL that users enter when accessing the Sage Accpac desktop on the Web.)
2. Specify the Server name. (This name is used by Web clients to access the services and download applications from the Sage Accpac server.)
• If the server is going to be deployed on the Internet, the name should be the fully‐qualified domain name of the server (for example, sageaccpac.yourcompany.com).
• For .NET Remoting, the IP address of the server machine can be used instead of the name.
• If the server is deployed on an internal network, the server name can be the Windows machine name of the server, or the IP address.
3. Click Next.
• If you chose an Internet server, the Step 6 tab opens.
Note. The Step 6 tab appears only when you choose an Internet server.
• If you chose an internal server, the Step 7 tab opens (in which case, go to page 3‐57).
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–57
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Step 6: Specify Settings for Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal
You specify settings for the server components for integration, as described next.
• APS Name. This is normally the machine name of the server, unless you installed Sage Accpac Web Reporting by Crystal in a multi‐server setting.
• User ID and Password. These will be used by the Sage Accpac server components when registering reports with the server.
• Folder. Because reports are registered into specific folders, you must first create a folder (for example, “Sage Accpac Reports”) and then specify the name in the Folder field.
Sage Accpac can now be opened (with passwords) from Web browsers by your users. However, you need to set up your users so that when they open Sage Accpac from their browsers, all Sage Accpac features will be available to them. See “Configuring Web Browser Clients for DCOM Remoting,” on page 3‐61.
Step 7. Install Sage Accpac Web Service
If you chose an internal server in Step 5, you move directly to this tab, bypassing the Step 6 tab. (If you chose an Internet server in Step 5, the Step 7 tab is not active.)
The Sage Accpac Web Service is an XML Web Service that allows applications to access Sage Accpac using the SOAP standard. In this
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–58 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
step, you decide whether you want the Sage Accpac system services to be exposed as SOAP XML Web Services. If you choose this option, the Web Service will be installed into IIS with the virtual directory name you specified in the field.
1. Select whether you want the wizard to install the Sage Accpac Web Service into IIS.
• This is required only if you run third‐party applications that are programmed to access the Sage Accpac Web Service.
• If you select the option, you then specify the Virtual directory name that should be used when installing the service into IIS.
2. Click Next in the wizard to allow the program to install and configure the remoting channel on the Sage Accpac server.
3. Read the information on the Summary tab, then click Next to move to the tab labeled Done.
4. Read the information on the Done tab, then click OK to exit from the Wizard.
Changing parameters
If you need to change .NET Remoting parameters, you can easily run the Sage Accpac Web Deployment Wizard again.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–59
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Configuring the Sage Accpac Web Server for DCOM Remoting
As noted above, CIS is only available in Windows 2000 Server, not in the Professional version. Therefore, the steps mentioned in this section are applicable only to the Windows 2000 Server using DCOM Remoting.
To install CIS:
CIS must be installed on the Sage Accpac Web Server.
1. In the Control Panel, double‐click Add/Remove Programs.
2. Select Add/Remove Windows Components and, from the list that appears, select Details of Networking Services.
3. Select COM Internet Services Proxy, then click OK.
To configure DCOM to use CIS:
1. From the Start menu, select Run and type DCOMCNFG.
2. Select the option, “Enable COM Internet Services On This Computer,” on the Default Properties tab.
3. Select the Default Protocols tab. The Tunneling TCP/IP protocol should be at the top of the list. If not, click Add to add the protocol to the list, then move the entry up to the top of the list.
4. Select OK to close DCOMCNFG.
5. Restart your computer to have the changes take effect.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–60 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
FQDN When a client connects to the server, the URL it uses must be the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the server machine. Using an IP address in the URL will not work.
A fully qualified domain name consists of a host and domain name, including top‐level domain. For example, www.accpac.com is a fully qualified domain name; www is the host, accpac is the second‐level domain, and .com is the top level domain. An FQDN always starts with a host name and continues all the way up to the top‐level domain name.
The full computer name of the server machine must be the same as the FQDN the client uses to connect.
To check the full computer name of the server machine:
1. Open the Control Panel and double‐click the System icon.
2. Select the Network Identification tab.
3. On the same Network Identification tab, click the Properties button, then, on the next screen, select More.
4. Specify the domain name part of the FQDN in the Primary DNS suffix of this field. Using our previous example, the domain part would be “mycompany.com.”
5. Select OK to return to the Network Identification tab.
Now the FQDN of the machine should be displayed as the full computer name.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–61
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Configuring Web Browser Clients for DCOM Remoting
Browser clients need to be configured to connect to CIS‐enabled servers.
Configuring Windows 98/ME Clients
1. Download and install “DCOM98 for Windows 98 Configuration Utility” (from http://www.microsoft.com/ com/dcom/dcom98/download.asp).
2. At the command prompt, type [path]\CISCNFG tcp_http.
3. Restart your computer for the changes to take effect.
Configuring Windows NT 4.0 (SP4 or later) / Windows 2003 Clients
1. From the Start menu, select Run, type DCOMCNFG, and click OK.
2. Select the Default Protocols tab. The Tunneling TCP/IP protocol should be at the top of the list. If it isn’t, click the Add button to add the protocol from the list, then move the entry to the top of the list.
3. Select OK to close DCOMCNFG.
4. Restart your computer to have the changes take effect.
Configuring a Proxy Server for DCOM Remoting
Configuration of a proxy server is needed only when the connection involves a proxy server running Microsoft Proxy Server 2.0.
On the Proxy Server:
1. From the Start menu, select Run, type REGEDIT and click OK.
2. Look for the following key in the Registry Editor:
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–62 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
3. Add the pair 80 80 to the existing registry values. After the port is added, the value of the registry key should appear as:
0000 34 34 33 00 34 34 33 00 443.443. 0008 35 36 33 00 35 36 33 00 563.563. 0010 38 30 00 38 30 00 00 80.80..
4. Turn off proxy server security for HTTP CONNECT as follows:
a. Open Microsoft Management Console (MMC) for Microsoft Proxy Server 2.0.
b. Right‐click Web Proxy, and then click Properties.
c. In the Web Proxy Service’s Property dialog box, on the Permissions tab, clear the Enable Access Control option, and then click OK.
5. Stop and then restart the proxy server for the new settings to take effect.
On Web browser client machines:
1. Run Internet Explorer.
2. From the Tools menu, select Internet Options, then select the Connections tab and then LAN Settings.
3. Set the correct proxy server address and port. Make sure the proxy server address does not contain any prefixes, such as http://. (For example, if the proxy server address is “myproxy”, use “myproxy” for the address, not http://myproxy.)
Using HOSTS File
If you do not have a registered Internet domain name, you must add an entry to the HOSTS file of the CLIENT machine.
If your server’s IP address is associated with a registered Internet domain name but your machine name is different, you must configure the client/server machines’ HOSTS files.
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
Administrator Guide 3–63
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Adding an Entry to the HOSTS file of the Client Machine when there is no Registered Internet Domain Name
The following two cases describe solutions.
Case 1: IIS Server is a part of a workgroup or NT domain:
Machine name: myserver Workgroup: myworkgroup Registered Internet domain name:
None
External IP: 204.191.87.16 Hosts file entry on client machine:
204.191.87.16 myserver
Case 2: IIS Server is a part of a Win2000 domain:
Machine name: myserver.mycompany.com Domain name: mycompany.com Registered Internet domain name:
None
External IP: 204.191.87.16 Hosts file entry on client machine:
204.191.87.16 myserver.mycompany.com
Configuring Client/Server Machines’ HOSTS Files when the Machine Name Differs from the Registered Internet Domain Name
The following two cases describe solutions.
Case 1: IIS Server is a part of a workgroup or NT domain:
Machine name: myserver Workgroup: myworkgroup Registered Internet domain name:
www.mydomain.com
External IP: 204.191.87.16
Setting Up Sage Accpac for Internet Users
3–64 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Hosts file entry on client machine:
204.191.87.16 myserver
Case 2: IIS Server is a part of a Win2000 domain:
Machine name: myserver.mycompany.com Domain name: mycompany.com Registered Internet domain name:
www.mydomain.com
External IP: 204.191.87.16 Internal IP: 172.191.87.16 Hosts file entry on client machine:
204.191.87.16 myserver.mycompany.com
Hosts file entry on Server machine:
172.191.87.16 myserver.mydomain.com
Ready to connect to Sage Accpac Web Servers
Client machines should now be able to connect to Sage Accpac Web Servers through firewalls and proxy servers. (Remember, when using DCOM with CIS, the URL a client uses to connect to the server must refer to the server’s FQDN, not to its IP address.)
For further information about configuring COM Internet services, please see the following Microsoft references:
• Microsoft Knowledge Base Article ID Q282261: “HOW TO: Configure COM Internet Services (CIS) on the Server Side.”
• Microsoft Knowledge Base Article ID Q265340: “HOW TO: Configure COM Internet Services (CIS) on the Client Side.”
• Component Development-DCOM-Technical Articles, Microsoft MSDN: “COM Internet Services.”
Where To Now?
Administrator Guide 3–65
Smag55-3.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 4:25:51 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 4:07:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Installation
Where To Now? If you installed sample data and want to use it to learn about the product, go directly to the startup instructions in Chapter 2 in the System Manager User Guide.
If you are ready to create your own databases, follow the instructions in Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” in this guide.
Administrator Guide 4–i
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Chapter 4 Setting Up Databases
Sage Accpac ERP Supports Various Databases ....................................4–1 Sage Accpac ERP System and Company Databases ................................4–1 Creating Datasource Names .....................................................4–3 Starting Database Setup.........................................................4–6 Creating and Setting Up a System Database.......................................4–7 Creating and Setting Up a Company Database ...................................4–15 Setting Global Security Options.................................................4–23 Setting Security Levels for Macros ..............................................4–25 Editing a Database Profile......................................................4–27 Backing Up Databases .........................................................4–29
Backing Up Pervasive.SQL Databases .......................................4–29 Backing Up SQL Server Databases ..........................................4–29 Backing Up Oracle Databases ...............................................4–30 Backing Up IBM DB2 Databases ............................................4–30
Moving Databases.............................................................4–31 Moving a Pervasive.SQL Database ..........................................4–31 Moving a SQL Server Database .............................................4–32
Deleting Databases ............................................................4–33 Verifying Databases ...........................................................4–35
Administrator Guide 4–1
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Chapter 4 Setting Up Databases
This chapter describes the steps you take to manually create and maintain Sage Accpac ERP databases. To set up databases using the Sage Accpac Setup Wizard, refer to the Quick Start Guide.
Database Setup is not available from a Web browser and must be performed as described in this chapter.
Sage Accpac ERP Supports Various Databases Database systems you can use with Sage Accpac include:
• Pervasive.SQL.
• Microsoft SQL Server.
• IBM DB2.
• Oracle.
Sage Accpac ERP System and Company Databases Before you create Sage Accpac system and company databases, you must install a database system. (See the list above of databases that can be used with Sage Accpac.)
Databases are collections of data. There are two classes of databases in Sage Accpac: system and company.
System database A system database contains currency and security information for all companies that use it. You must create a system database before creating a company database.
Sage Accpac ERP System and Company Databases
4–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Company database
A company database contains information that is shared by all the company’s accounting applications. This includes the company profile, fiscal calendar, optional field data, tax information for both sales and purchases, bank information, and all the accounting data for the company.
You must create a database for each company whose accounting records you keep. When you create a company database, you specify which system database the company database uses.
Database Setup If you are using the Pervasive.SQL database management system, you create new databases with the Database Setup utility that is supplied with Sage Accpac System Manager. Prior to using the utility, you must add DSN (Data Source Names) in the Pervasive.SQL Control Center. (For further details about Pervasive.SQL, please see Appendix D, “Pervasive.SQL Databases,” in this guide.)
If you are using Microsoft SQL Server, you must create the system and company databases with the SQL Enterprise Manager, creating either a DSN or a Server Name, then set up the databases using Sage Accpac Database Setup. (See Appendix F, “Microsoft SQL Server Databases.”)
If you are using Oracle, you install an Oracle client on the workstation, test the connection to the server, create an ODBC data source (or specify a TNS Service), then use Database Setup. (See Appendix G, “Setting Up Oracle Databases.”)
If you are using IBM DB2, you create one DSN, with different schemas for the system and the company database (or create a DBALIAS), then use Database Setup. (See Appendix H, “Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases.”)
See also Appendix I, “Using Database Utilities,” in this guide. It discusses how to use the DBDUMP, DBLOAD, and DBCOPY utilities.
The next section provides instructions for using Database Setup.
Creating Datasource Names
Administrator Guide 4–3
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Creating Datasource Names Create DSNs first You must create datasource names (DSNs) before you create your
Pervasive.SQL system and company databases. The system DSN and the system Database ID must be identical; similarly, the company DSN and the company Database ID must be identical.
To create DSNs:
1. In the Sage Accpac\Data directory, add a 6‐character subfolder for your system database, then add another for your company database.
For example, you might have:
• For your system database (where GOLDSYS is the ID of your system database):
C:\Programs\Sage Accpac\DATA\GOLDSYS
• For your company database (where GOLDLTD is the ID of your company database):
C:\Programs\Sage Accpac\DATA\GOLDLTD
Note: These IDs are a unique code of 6 characters that identifies a system or company database. The code can consist of letters from A to Z, or digits from 0 to 9, or any combination of both, and are context‐sensitive.
2. Click Start > Programs > Pervasive > Pervasive.SQL Control Center.
Creating Datasource Names
4–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
The Pervasive.SQL Control Center opens:
3. In the Common Tasks section of the right panel, click New Database.
The New Database window opens:
Creating Datasource Names
Administrator Guide 4–5
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
4. Use the drop‐down arrow beside the Server field to select a server, then click Next.
The following screen appears:
5. Enter the Database Name.
Note: This must be identical to the name of the folder you created for the DSN.
Location button
6. Choose the Location (the folder you created for the DSN).
7. Under DB Name Options, select “Bound” and “Create Dictionary Files.”
Do not select the option, “Relational Integrity Enforced,” as Sage Accpac checks integrity.
8. Select the Create DSN option, and leave Normal as the Open Mode.
9. Click Finish.
10. Create a DSN for other databases (for example, if you created a DSN for a system database, you now create one for your company database).
11. Close the Pervasive.SQL Control Center, then follow the steps in the next sections to create your system and company databases.
Starting Database Setup
4–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Starting Database Setup 1. Start Windows, then from the Windows desktop, point to
Start/Programs/Sage Accpac, then click Database Setup.
The Sign‐on dialog box appears:
Sign-on information
The user ID displayed is ADMIN. You cannot enter another user ID, since the only user authorized to manage system and company databases is the system administrator.
2. In the Password field, type the system administrator’s password. Note that the password supplied with Sage Accpac is ADMIN.
Change ADMIN password
After creating your databases and activating your applications, change the ADMIN password to prevent unauthorized use of Sage Accpac. It is important that other users do not have access to the system administrator’s tasks.
See Chapter 6, “Entering User Information,” for instructions on editing user records.
3. Click OK. The following screen appears:
You now create and set up system and company databases.
If you installed sample databases, they appear here
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
Administrator Guide 4–7
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Creating and Setting Up a System Database If you are using Microsoft SQL Server, you must create databases first, then set up the system database for use by Sage Accpac.
If you are using Pervasive.SQL, you create DSNs in Pervasive.SQL Control Center (see the previous section, “Creating Datasource Names”), then use the Database Setup feature to create databases.
To create and set up a system database:
1. Follow steps 1 through 3 in the section, “Starting Database Setup.”
If you installed sample databases, they appear in a list, as shown in our example below. (To install sample data, see Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP.”)
The Database Setup screen appears.
Database Setup
2. Click New or press the Insert key.
The New Database dialog box appears, as illustrated next:
New Database
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
4–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
You should create a system database first, and then create a company database that will use the system database. The system database contains data that applies to the entire system (for example, Currency, Security Groups, or User Authorizations).
3. In the Database ID field, enter the same code as the DSN that you created earlier for this database. Note that it is case‐sensitive.
The ID is used throughout the database and cannot be changed once it is saved.
4. Select a database format from the drop‐down list. The choices include:
• IBM DB2. • Microsoft SQL Server. • Oracle. • Pervasive.SQL.
5. Select System as the Database Category, then click OK to fill in the database profile for your type of database, as described in the next pages.
Pervasive.SQL If you are using Pervasive.SQL:
Be sure you have created the DSN, as described earlier.
a. Enter a description for the system database, up to 60 characters. The default displayed is the ID you entered in the previous dialog box.
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
Administrator Guide 4–9
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
b. In the Data Source field, either accept the default entry if it matches the Database ID you entered in step 3, or click the arrow to select the DSN you created in the Pervasive.SQL Control Center that exactly matches the Database ID.
c. If the security setting for the DSN you created in the Pervasive Control Center is Mixed or Database, enter a User Name and Password. (If the setting is Classic, these fields and the security options are grayed out and cannot be changed. In that case, skip this step.)
d. If you are limiting access to the data for this system (and its associated companies) to authorized users only, select the Enable Application Security option. This forces users to enter a password when they open a company database associated with this system database.
e. Click OK.
Sage Accpac creates the system database.
You are returned to the Database Setup screen, where an entry appears for the newly‐registered system database.
IBM DB2 If you are using IBM DB2:
A single DB2 database must contain the system database as well as all company databases that use the system database (because database joins must be within the same DB2 database). The separate system and company database tables are identified by DB2 schemas.
To set up the server (before you use Database Setup):
a. Install DB2 on the server (version 8 or later).
b. Create a database to hold all your accounting data.
c. Create one schema for the Sage Accpac system database (for example, SAMSYS).
d. Create one schema for each Sage Accpac company database that uses the system database (for example, SAMLTD).
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
4–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
e. In the Performance Tab for the Database configuration, increase the applheapsz parameter to at least 1024.
To set up the client (before you use Database Setup):
a. Install a DB2 client on the workstation.
b. Test the connection to the server.
c. Create one DSN or use DBALIAS.
The DSN should point to the database just created.
d. Open Sage Accpac Database Setup, click the New button, , and in the New Database form, enter a Database ID (up to six characters), choose IBM DB2 as your Database Format, select System as your Database Category, and click OK.
The Edit IBM DB2 Database Profile window opens:
Edit IBM DB2 Database Profile
e. Type a description (up to 60 characters) for the database. (The default is the ID you entered in the New Database dialog box.)
f. Click the Data Source option and then from the drop‐down list, select the data source you created earlier.
Or
Click the DBALIAS option, then enter your server name in the field.
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
Administrator Guide 4–11
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Note: The names of the data sources must be consistent on all workstations that use the same shared data folders. Remember, also, to type the name with the same capitalization that you used to define it with the ODBC Administrator.
g. Enter a Login ID and a Password. This is the DB2 user name and its password.
h. Enter a DB2 schema name in the Schema field.
Note: Each Sage Accpac database must have its own DB2 schema.
i. Specify the Tablespace.
This is optional, but note that the Tablespace must already exist.
j. Select the Enable Application Security option if you wish to limit access to all company databases that use this system database.
k. Click OK.
You are returned to the Database Setup screen, where an entry appears for the newly‐registered system database.
Microsoft SQL Server
If you are using Microsoft SQL Server:
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
4–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
a. Type a name for the system database (up to 60 characters) in the Description field. The default displayed is the database ID that you entered in the previous dialog box.
b. Click the data source option then use the drop‐down list to choose the data source created earlier.
Or
Click the Server option and enter your server name.
Note: The names of the data sources must be consistent on all workstations that use the same shared data folders. Remember, also, to type the name with the same capitalization that you used to define it with the ODBC Administrator.
c. Enter the Login ID that you created for all Sage Accpac users. For more information on creating the login ID, see Appendix F, “Microsoft SQL Server Databases.”
Note: You cannot change the login ID once you have saved the database profile, or Sage Accpac will not work properly. Make sure you enter the correct login ID.
d. Enter a password for the Login ID you entered in the previous field. When users sign on to Sage Accpac, the System Manager verifies their Sage Accpac passwords, then logs onto SQL Server using the login ID and password specified here. Individual Sage Accpac users do not need login IDs for SQL Server.
You must change the password here whenever you change the password for this Login ID.
e. In the Database field, enter the name of the SQL Server database you created as the Sage Accpac system database. Make sure you use the same capitalization that you did when you defined it with the SQL Enterprise Manager.
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
Administrator Guide 4–13
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
f. Select the Enable Application Security option if you wish to limit access to all company databases that use this system database.
With security on, all access to application forms is then controlled by Sage Accpac’s own security system. With security off, Sage Accpac still uses the SQL Server login ID and password to gain access to the database, but it doesn’t restrict access to Sage Accpac users.
g. Click OK.
You return to the Database Setup screen, where an entry appears for the newly‐registered system database.
Oracle If you are using Oracle:
If you are using Oracle, a single Oracle database must contain the system database as well as all company databases that use the system database (because database joins must be within the same Oracle database). The separate system and company database tables are identified by Oracle user names.
To set up the server (before you use Database Setup):
a. After installing Oracle on the server (version 8 or later), create a database to hold all your accounting data.
b. Create one user (for example, SAMSYS), with a password, for the Sage Accpac system database.
c. Create one user (for example, SAMLTD), with a password, for each Sage Accpac company database that uses the system database.
To set up the client (before you use Database Setup):
a. After installing an Oracle client on the workstation and testing the connection to the server, create a DSN, or enter a TNS Service name.
The ODBC data source should point to the database just created for holding accounting data.
Creating and Setting Up a System Database
4–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
b. Open Sage Accpac Database Setup, click the New button, enter a Database ID for your new database, select Oracle as the Database Format and System as the Category, then click OK.
The Edit Oracle Database Profile dialog box opens:
Edit Oracle Database Profile
c. Enter a name (up to 60 characters) in the Description field.
d. Click Data Source and then use the drop‐down list to choose the Oracle ODBC data source that you created for this purpose.
Or
Click the TNS Service option, and then enter your server name in the field.
Note: The names of the data sources must be consistent on all workstations that use the same shared data folders. Remember, also, to type the name with the same capitalization that you used to define it with the ODBC Administrator.
e. Enter a Login ID and password. This is the Oracle user name and its password.
Each Sage Accpac database must have its own Oracle user name.
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
Administrator Guide 4–15
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
f. Specify the Tablespace.
This is optional, but note that the Tablespace must already exist.
g. Select the Enable Application Security option if you wish to limit access to all company databases that use this system database.
h. Click OK to add the new system database to your list.
You are returned to the Database Setup screen, where an entry appears for the newly‐registered system database.
You now set up a company database See the next section, “Creating and Setting up Company Databases.”
You can add users and passwords and set up security later, as described in Chapters 6 and 7 in this manual. To create global security settings, see the section, “Setting Advanced Security,” later in this chapter.
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database Create system files first
Before you set up a company database, you must set up the system database that the company will use, as described in the previous section, “Creating and Setting Up a System Database.”
If you maintain accounting data for more than one company, you must repeat these steps for each company.
If you are using Microsoft SQL Server, you must create your system and company databases first, using SQL Enterprise Manager. Database Setup then sets up the databases for use by Sage Accpac and creates the database tables that Sage Accpac requires.
If you are using Pervasive.SQL, Database Setup creates your database, sets it up for use by Sage Accpac, and creates the database tables that Sage Accpac requires. Note that the system and company databases for Pervasive.SQL must be in different folders (for example, C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\DATA\SAMINC and C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\DATA\SAMSYS).
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
4–16 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
You must create DSNs for your system and company databases, using Pervasive.SQL Control Center, as described earlier.
If you are using IBM DB2, you must create the DB2 schemaes first, using the IBM DB 2 Control Center. Database Setup then sets up the Sage Accpac databases and their tables by use of the DB2 schemaes.
If you are using Oracle, you must create the Oracle users first, using the Oracle Enterprise Manager Console. Database Setup then sets up the Sage Accpac databases and their tables by use of the Oracle user names.
To create a company database:
1. Open Database Setup.
The Database Setup screen lists the system databases that have been created, (and any company databases already created).
Existing databases
2. Click New or press the Insert key.
The New Database dialog box appears:
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
Administrator Guide 4–17
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
3. In the Database ID field, enter exactly the same code as the DSN you created for this database. (See “Creating Data Source Names,” on page 4‐3.)
The Database ID appears in the title bar of a window that contains company data (for example, Company Profile, Fiscal Calendar, and Optional Tables).
The ID is used throughout the database and cannot be changed once it is assigned.
4. Choose your database type from the database format drop‐down list (Pervasive.SQL, Oracle, Microsoft SQL Server, or IBM DB2).
5. Select Company as the Database Category.
6. Select a system ID (created earlier).
Cannot change system later
You cannot change the system database after saving the company database.
7. Click OK. This opens the Edit Database Profile dialog box.
You now fill in the database profile fields for your type of database, as described in the following pages.
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
4–18 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Pervasive.SQL If you are using Pervasive.SQL:
a. Enter a description for the company database.
b. Select the Data Source from the drop‐down list. (This is the company DSN you created earlier and must exactly match the Database ID you gave the company.)
c. If the Security Model chosen when you set up the DSN is Database or Mixed, enter a Login ID and a Password.
d. Click OK.
The company database is now set up.
The database appears in a list with the system database entry, as shown next:
e. Click Exit to leave Database Setup.
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
Administrator Guide 4–19
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Microsoft SQL Server
If you are using Microsoft SQL Server, you must enter a description for the company database and specify the data source, login ID and password, and name of the SQL database.
a. In the New Database form, enter a Database ID, choose Microsoft SQL Server as the Database Format, select Company as the Category, then click OK. The Edit SQL Server Database Profile window opens.
b. Type a name (description) for the company database, up to 60 characters. (The default displayed is the Database ID that you entered in the New Database dialog box.)
c. Click Data Source and then, from the drop‐down list, select the data source you created earlier.
Or
Click the Server option and enter your server name.
Note: The names of the data sources must be consistent on all workstations that use the same shared data folders. Remember, also, to type the name with the same capitalization that you used to define it with the ODBC Administrator.
d. Type the login ID that you created for all Sage Accpac users. For more information on creating the login ID, see Appendix F, “Microsoft SQL Server Databases.”
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
4–20 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
e. Type the password for the login ID you entered in the previous field. When users sign on to Sage Accpac, the System Manager verifies their Sage Accpac passwords (if security is on for Sage Accpac), then logs onto the Sage Accpac database using the login ID and password specified here. Sage Accpac users do not need a login ID for SQL Server.
f. In the Database field, type the name of the SQL Server database you created as the Sage Accpac company database. Make sure you use the same capitalization that you did when you defined it with the SQL Enterprise Manager.
g. Click OK.
The company database is now set up. An entry for it is included in the Database Setup list with the system database entry.
h. Click Exit to return to the Windows desktop.
The first time you sign on to a new company, Sage Accpac activates the company’s Common Services. If the system that the company uses is also new, Sage Accpac activates Administrative Services as well. Follow the instructions for “Signing On to a New Company,” in Chapter 5 of this manual.
Oracle If you are using Oracle:
a. Open Sage Accpac Database Setup, click the New button, enter a Database ID for your new database, select Oracle as the Database Format and Company as the Category, then click OK.
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
Administrator Guide 4–21
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
The Edit Oracle Database Profile window opens:
Edit Oracle Database Profile
b. Enter a name (up to 60 characters) in the Description field.
c. Click Data Source and then use the drop‐down list to choose the Oracle ODBC data source that you created for this purpose. You can use the Oracle ODBC data source used in the Sage Accpac system database setup.
Or
Click the TNS Service option, and then enter your server name in the field.
Note: The names of the data sources must be consistent on all workstations that use the same shared data folders. Remember, also, to type the name with the same capitalization that you used to define it with the ODBC Administrator.
d. Enter a Login ID and password. This is the Oracle user name and its password. (Each Sage Accpac database must have its own Oracle Login ID.)
e. Specify the Tablespace.
This is optional, but note that the tablespace must already exist.
f. Click OK to add the new company database to your list.
Creating and Setting Up a Company Database
4–22 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
You now set up a company database that uses the system database you set up.
IBM DB2 If you are using IBM DB2:
a. Open Sage Accpac Database Setup, click the New button, and in the New Database form, enter a Database ID (up to six characters), choose IBM DB2 as your Database Format, select Company as your Database Category, choose the DB2 system database ID as the system, and click OK.
The Edit IBM DB 2 Database Profile window opens:
Edit IBM DB2 Database Profile
b. Type a description(up to 60 characters) for the database. (The default is the ID you entered in the New Database dialog box.)
c. Click the Data Source option and then from the dropdown list, select the data source you created earlier.
Or
Click the DBALIAS option and enter your server name in the field.
Note: The names of the data sources must be consistent on all workstations that use the same shared data folders. Remember, also, to type the name with the same capitalization that you used to define it with the ODBC Administrator.
Setting Global Security Options
Administrator Guide 4–23
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
d. Enter a Login ID and a Password. This is the DB2 user name and its password.
e. Enter a DB2 schema in the Schema field.
Note, each Sage Accpac database must have its own DB2 schema
f. Specify the Tablespace.
This is optional, but note that the Tablespace must already exist.
g. Click OK
You are returned to the Database Setup screen, where an entry appears for the newly‐registered company database.
Setting Global Security Options The system administrator can set advanced global security features, such as the length of passwords and how often they should change.
To set up global security:
1. In Database Setup, click the Security button.
The following dialog box opens:
2. Select the following options as needed:
Setting Global Security Options
4–24 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Require complex passwords. Select this option if you require your users to create passwords that include both letters and digits. If users enter a password without the complexity you specify, they receive the message, “Password change is required.” When they click OK, the Change Password dialog box opens.
Require passwords to change every [ ] days. If you want your users to change their passwords after a certain length of time, select this option and then enter a number in the field (from 1 to 999).
Expired passwords If a password expires, users will receive a message that it has expired, and the Change Password dialog box will open.
Require minimum password length of [ ] characters. Select this option and then enter a number in the field (between 4 and 64 characters). This forces users to create passwords of the length you specify. If they enter a shorter password, they will receive the message, “Password change is required.” When they click OK, the Change Password dialog box opens.
Note: When a minimum password length has been set, you can no longer import users who have blank passwords.
Lock out user after [ ] attempts. Select this option to lock out users when they try their password the number of times you enter in the field (between 1 and 999). Note that when a user is locked out, the Users dialog box for that user will show “Account is Locked Out.” See Chapter 6, “Entering User Information.”
Enable locked out user after […] minutes. Select this option to allow a locked‐out user to try their password again. Enter a number between 1 and 30,000 in this field.
Use time server / Server. Select this option to synchronize all workstations’ time with a particular server, then enter your server name in the Server field.
Setting Security Levels for Macros
Administrator Guide 4–25
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
If you restrict the hours a user may log on to Sage Accpac, it is important to use a time server, to maintain this security. (For steps about restricting users’ hours, see Chapter 6 “Entering User Information.”)
3. Click OK to save your settings and return to the Database Setup dialog box. These settings will apply to all your databases.
Note. You will still need to select the Security option for system databases if you require users to sign on with passwords. If a password is not required, these settings have no effect.
For further information about security for individual users, see Chapter 7, “Setting Up Security.”
Setting Security Levels for Macros The Administrator sets security levels for macros. If the security level is set to High, the Sage Accpac desktop and Web desktop will only run macros that have been digitally signed.
Macros with embedded Sage Accpac UI
See the SDK Programming Guide for instructions on digitally signing your Sage Accpac UI control for macros that will contain an embedded Sage Accpac UI.
To set macro security:
1. Click the Macros menu, then select the Options command to open the Macro Options dialog box.
Setting Security Levels for Macros
4–26 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
2. Click the Security button. This opens the Security form:
3. On the Security Level tab, select one of the following:
• High: Choose this security level when you want only signed macros to run. (Note that any unsigned macros will not run when you select High.)
• Medium: When you choose this setting, you will see a message asking if you want to run a macro that could possibly be unsafe.
• Low: (Not recommended.) You should only select this setting if you have virus scanning software installed and only then if you are sure that all the documents you open will be safe. This setting offers no protection from potentially unsafe macros.
4. Click OK to leave the Security form, then click Close to exit from Macro Options.
The Trusted Sources tab displays all the companies from whom you have received certificates.
Each macro opened in Sage Accpac will now be protected by the chosen security level.
No certificate Note that if a macro is edited on a machine that does not have a certificate stored, the macro will become unsigned.
Maintain Macros Users who have been assigned Maintain Macros security will be allowed to edit macros.
Editing a Database Profile
Administrator Guide 4–27
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Editing a Database Profile If you wish to change the security option or description for a database that has been created, or if you need to move the set of data to another folder, you must use Database Setup to edit the database profile.
When you edit a database profile, you are not changing the database itself.
To edit a database profile:
1. Follow steps 1 through 4 in the earlier section, “Starting Database Setup.”
The Database Setup screen appears, displaying a list of the databases previously created.
Select database to edit
2. Highlight the database profile you are preparing to edit.
3. Click Edit to open the Edit Database Profile.
Editing a Database Profile
4–28 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
The following screen is for a Pervasive.SQL database:
Edit Pervasive.SQL Database Profile
4. Make the required changes and click OK.
The following screen is for a SQL Server database:
Edit SQL Server Database Profile
5. Make the required changes, and click OK.
• If you are changing the folder where the database is located, you must first copy the data files to that folder. Follow the instructions for “Moving a Database.”
6. When you have finished making changes, click OK.
7. Click Exit to leave Database Setup.
Backing Up Databases
Administrator Guide 4–29
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Backing Up Databases The procedures you follow for backing up a Sage Accpac database depend on the kind of database you are using. Remember, however, to back up all of the following components:
• System database.
• Company database.
• Shared data.
You should set up a regular backup schedule, and you should back up after making major changes to your data and before performing major operations such as a year end.
Backing Up Pervasive.SQL Databases
The system and company databases reside in the paths you set for them in Database Setup.
• Make sure you back up all files in the database folders — not just those files with the extension, *.DAT.
• Back up the system and company databases at the same time so you have a complete set of data for restoration.
• If you restore a backed up database, copy the data into an empty folder.
Backing Up SQL Server Databases
Under SQL Server, you must set up regular schedules for backing up the system and company databases and for backing up their database logs.
Backing Up Databases
4–30 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Put database logs on a different drive on the server
Database logs record all changes made to a database between backups. You should store your database logs in a different device, and on a different physical drive, from the database (so if one drive fails, you won’t lose your data).
Typically, you back up database logs on a daily basis, and back up the full database weekly. For more information on backing up, see the SQL Server documentation.
Backing Up Oracle Databases
You should set up regular schedules for backing up system and company databases.
1. Start the Oracle Enterprise Manager Console.
2. Log onto an Oracle Management Server (required if you are running standalone, which disables the backup wizard).
3. Select the server / database that contains the Sage Accpac data.
4. Sign on to the database with user name and password (this user must have administrative rights).
5. Right‐click to bring up the context menu, then select “Backup” to start the back up wizard.
6. Follow the wizard directions.
Backing Up IBM DB2 Databases
You should set up regular schedules for backing up system and company databases.
1. Start the IBM DB2 Control Center, then select the database that contains the Sage Accpac data.
2. Sign on to the database with a user name and password (a user with administrative rights).
Moving Databases
Administrator Guide 4–31
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
3. Right‐click to bring up the context menu, then select “Backup” to start the back up wizard.
4. Follow the wizard directions to select the type of backup, directory or device.
Moving Databases As in backing up databases, the steps for moving databases depend on the type of database you use.
Moving a Pervasive.SQL Database
Before you edit a database profile to change the folder where Sage Accpac looks for the data, you must copy the database to the new folder.
To move a database to a new folder:
1. Create a new folder.
2. Close Sage Accpac and copy the files in \Program Files\ Sage Accpac\DATA\databaseID to the new folder.
3. Start Database Setup, highlight the database profile you are moving, and click Edit. In the Edit Pervasive.SQL Database Profile dialog box, type a new path or click the Browse button to select the folder that you copied the files to in step 2, then click OK.
Note: Do not create a new entry for the database. You cannot have two databases with the same database ID.
4. To verify that the database profile points to the correct data location, leave Database Setup, start Sage Accpac, and select the company. If the correct data is displayed, delete the data files from the original data folder.
Moving Databases
4–32 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Moving a SQL Server Database
The steps for moving a SQL Server database are more complicated than for Pervasive.SQL because you must set up a new database, then move the data from the old one.
The following instructions are for moving a database using the Database/Object Transfer form in SQL Enterprise Manager. You can also move the database by dumping the source database, then loading the dump.
Note that if you are moving the database to a server that has a different sort order or character set, you must use the SQL Transfer Manager. For more information on this procedure, see the SQL Server documentation.
To move a SQL Server database:
1. Create a new device for the new database location using SQL Enterprise Manager. The new device must be large enough for the database you are moving.
If you are moving the database to another server, make sure that:
• Both servers use the same sort order and character set.
• The syslogins table is the same for both servers. If not, you will have to use aliases to map owners to their objects. Refer to the SQL Server documentation for more information.
2. Create the new database on the new database device using SQL Enterprise Manager.
Unique name The new database name must be unique.
• The new database must be large enough for the database you are moving.
• Use the Create for Load option when creating the database.
• Do not place the transaction log on a separate device.
Deleting Databases
Administrator Guide 4–33
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
See the SQL Server documentation for information on moving the database log.
3. From the Tools menu in SQL Enterprise Manager, click Database/Object Transfer.
4. Specify the source and destination servers and databases, and initiate the transfer.
5. Create new data sources on each Sage Accpac workstation.
6. Start Database Setup, select the database profile to edit, and click the Edit command. In the Edit SQL Server Database Profile dialog box, specify the new data source and database name, then click OK.
7. Leave Database Setup, start Sage Accpac, and select the company. If the correct data is displayed, delete the original database.
Deleting Databases If you need to delete a Sage Accpac database, you must delete both the database profile and the data files themselves. The database profile consists of the database ID and description.
Deleting sample data
For example, if you want to free the disk space occupied by sample data that was installed in C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac, you should complete the tasks in this order:
1. Delete the database profile for the sample company and then delete the database profile for the sample system in Database Setup.
2. Delete the database itself. This procedure differs according to the database you are using.
Deleting Databases
4–34 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
3. Using DOS or Windows Explorer, delete all files in the sample data folder, including:
• C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\SAMPLE\SAMINC,
• C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\SAMPLE\SAMLTD, and
• C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\SAMPLE\SAMSYS.
To delete files from SQL Server databases:
You can delete a database using SQL Enterprise Manager.
Note that only the database owner and the system administrator can delete databases.
Delete company files before system files
Note that before you can delete a system database profile, you must delete each company database using the system database.
To delete a SQL Server database profile:
1. Open Database Setup.
2. Select the name of the database to remove from the list.
3. Click Delete.
A message asks you to confirm the deletion.
4. To proceed with the deletion, click Yes. The database ID and description are removed from the list.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each database you are deleting.
6. When you have finished, click Exit to leave Database Setup.
7. Delete the data files in DOS or Windows Explorer for each database profile you removed.
Verifying Databases
Administrator Guide 4–35
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
Verifying Databases Integrity check of data dictionaries
If you have any problems accessing data, or have added any third‐party applications that change your system or company databases, use Database Setup to check the integrity of your data dictionaries. A data dictionary is a file that describes the format, relationships, meaning, and usage of data in a Sage Accpac data file.
When you verify a database, Sage Accpac makes sure your data is consistent with your data dictionary information. (This check does not replace the integrity check of your accounting data that you should perform regularly.)
To verify your databases:
1. Open Database Setup.
The Database Setup form lists the existing databases.
2. Click Verify.
The Verify Database form appears. If a database was highlighted in the Database Setup form when you chose the Verify command, it will be in the Include list. Those databases not highlighted will be in the Exclude list. You now select databases to verify.
Select databases to verify
3. Select the databases you want to include in the integrity check. Double‐click an entry or use the Include or Exclude button to move one database at a time. Use the All or None buttons to move all database names at once to the other list.
Verifying Databases
4–36 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
4. Click Options. The following dialog box appears:
Verify database options
5. In the Verify Database ‐ Options dialog box, take the following steps:
Log To File. Select this option to record the results in a file. The results of the integrity check are displayed on the screen in step 6, whether or not you select this option.
Error Log File. Type the name of the log file or click the Browse button to select an existing file. If you type a new filename, the system creates the file.
6. Click OK to return to the Verify Database form, then click the Verify button to start the integrity check.
If a log file already exists, a message asks if you want to overwrite it. If you click Yes, the previous contents of the file are replaced with the results of this integrity check. If you click No, the information is appended to the previous file.
The results of the integrity check are displayed on the screen, whether or not you selected a log file.
Verifying Databases
Administrator Guide 4–37
Smag55-4.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:18:23 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:28:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up
Databases
7. Click OK, then click Close in the Verify Log screen.
You return to the Verify Database dialog box.
8. Click Cancel to return to the Database Setup screen, then click Exit to leave Database Setup.
Administrator Guide 5–i
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
Chapter 5 Activating Sage Accpac ERP
Before You Begin...............................................................5–2 Signing On to a New Company..................................................5–3 Creating the Company Profile ...................................................5–5
Entering Company Information..............................................5–5 Activating Applications........................................................5–12
Before You Begin ..........................................................5–12 Activating Application Upgrades ...........................................5–13
Step 1: Make Sure You Have Version 5.5 .................................5–13 Step 2: Post Transaction in Project and Job Costing ........................5–13 Step 3: Run Day End Processing.........................................5–14 Step 4: Post Batches in Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable .........5–14 Step 5: Create G/L Batch in Bank Services ................................5–15 Step 6: Deactivate Sage Accpac Options Uni/Unidevco Products............5–15 Step 7: Install 5.5 Versions ..............................................5–15 Step 8: Install Sage Accpac Transaction Analysis and Optional
Field Creator ......................................................5–16 Step 9: Activate G/L Subledger Services, General Ledger, Bank
Services, and Tax Services...........................................5–16 Step 10: Activate Upgrades .............................................5–16
Activating New Applications ...............................................5–17
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Administrator Guide 5–1
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
Chapter 5 Activating Sage Accpac ERP
Before you can use a new company or a new accounting application, you must prepare your data for use with Sage Accpac ERP. This process is called activation.
This chapter describes activation and gives instructions for:
• Signing on to a new company. (See page 5‐3.)
• Creating the company profile. (See page 5‐5.)
• Activating application upgrades. (See page 5‐13.)
• Activating new applications. (See page 5‐17.)
New company When you sign on to a company, Sage Accpac checks whether Administrative and Common Services for the company have been activated.
• If this is the first time you are using a new system database, Sage Accpac prompts you to activate Administrative Services. The activation process creates currency and security tables, installs standard currency codes and rate types, and places the Administrative Services icon on the Sage Accpac desktop.
• The first time you open a new company, you are prompted to activate Common Services. When you activate Common Services, the program creates tables to store company‐wide information, displays the Company Profile for you to complete, and places the Common Services icon on the Sage Accpac desktop.
• After activating Common Services, you need to activate Tax and Bank Services (unless you are using General Ledger only). See the System Manager Tax and Bank User Guide.
Before You Begin
5–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• After activating Administrative Services, Common Services, Tax Services, and Bank Services, you activate installed applications.
Before You Begin If you are starting Sage Accpac ERP with a new company database, you need to specify:
• The number of fiscal periods your company uses.
• Your company’s functional currency.
• The exchange rate type most often used by your company, if you use multicurrency accounting.
• Your reporting currency, if you are operating in a country that is a part of the European Monetary Union, and want reports in both euro and your national currency.
12 or 13 fiscal periods
Decide whether you will use 12 or 13 periods in your fiscal year. If you will use 13 periods, decide which quarter will contain four fiscal periods. The choices you make are used when you create a new year for the fiscal calendar.
Functional currency
Decide which currency to use as the functional currency for your company. The functional currency is the currency in which the company books are kept and applies to all applications for the company (such as Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, and Payroll). You cannot change your choice of functional currency after you save the company profile.
Default rate type For multicurrency accounting, decide the default rate type your company will use most often (such as monthly average rate, daily spot rate, financial translation average, or financial translation ‐ current). Rate types are used to convert amounts entered in another currency to the functional currency.
Reporting currency
If you chose the Multicurrency option, then selected the euro option, you must also enter your reporting currency.
Signing On to a New Company
Administrator Guide 5–3
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
Signing On to a New Company This section gives instructions for signing on to a new company.
To sign on to a new company:
1. Start Windows.
2. From the Start menu, click Programs, Sage Accpac. The Open Company dialog box appears., as shown next:
Signing on
User ID 3. Type ADMIN in the User ID field. This is the ID for the system administrator, the only person who is authorized to set up a new company.
Company 4. Select the name of the new company.
To open the list of companies, click the arrow to the right of the field or press Alt+Down Arrow. The list contains the names of all company databases you have created following the instructions in Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” and the names of sample companies whose data you installed.
Session date 5. In the Session Date field, type the date of your work session (or accept the default). This date will be the default Fiscal Year Starting Date when you activate Common Services for the company.
6. Enter the system administrator’s password if you selected the Security option when you set up the system database.
If you did not select the Security option when you set up the system database that this company uses, you do not need to enter a password when you open a company. (The Password field will be disabled.)
Signing On to a New Company
5–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Change ADMIN password before other users sign on
Change your system administrator password before other users sign on to Sage Accpac. Follow the instructions to edit a user record in Chapter 6, “Entering User Information.”
7. Select the Windows Authentication option to sign in using your Windows User ID if this has been set up (if it is not set up, then the option is disabled).
a. Enter the Domain (or accept the default).
b. Enter your Windows User ID (or accept the default).
If the system database is being used for the first time, the Administrative Services Activation dialog box appears:
8. Click Proceed to activate Administrative Services.
When activation of Administrative Services is complete, the Common Services activation screen appears:
Enter fiscal year starting date
Note that the displayed Fiscal Year Starting Date is the session date you entered in the Open Company dialog box, or it is your computer’s current date.
9. Type the starting date of your company’s current fiscal year in the Fiscal Year Starting Date field, if it is different than the
Creating the Company Profile
Administrator Guide 5–5
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
default date (or click the calendar icon to select a date). Sage Accpac will create this fiscal year on your company calendar.
10. Click Proceed to activate Common Services. (If you click Cancel, you return to the Sign‐on dialog box. The next time that you start Sage Accpac for this company, you will be asked to activate Common Services.)
As activation proceeds, you will see messages telling you that tables are being created.
When activation of Common Services is complete, the Company Profile opens. Follow the instructions in the next section to complete the company profile.
Creating the Company Profile This section describes the company profile information you enter when you open a new company, such as the address and options for all the Sage Accpac applications used by your company.
Entering Company Information
The Company Profile form has two tabs, Address, and Options:
• Address. Displays the database ID and the name of the company you selected at Sign‐on, with fields for the address, telephone and fax numbers, and contact name.
• Options. Contains fields for company‐wide settings, such as the number of fiscal periods in your fiscal year, and whether you use multicurrency accounting.
Creating the Company Profile
5–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Address tab:
In the example below, the company database ID is SAMINC and the company name is Sample Company Inc.
Address tab
Enter the following information on the Address tab:
Name. Type the company’s name, exactly as you want it to be on all reports, financial statements, customer statements, and invoices. Use up to 60 characters (letters, digits, symbols, or punctuation marks). The default entry is the description from Database Setup.
Address. Type the company’s address (up to 60 characters in each line).
City. Type the name of the city where the company is located (up to 30 characters).
State/Province. Type the name of the state or province where the company is located (up to 30 characters).
Zip/Postal Code. Type the company’s zip or postal code (up to 20 alphanumeric characters).
Country. Type the name of the country where the company is located (up to 30 characters).
Contact. Type the name of a general contact person or position in the company, containing up to 60 characters.
Creating the Company Profile
Administrator Guide 5–7
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
Format phone numbers
Format Phone Number. Select this option if the company’s phone and fax numbers are 10 digits long and are formatted with standard parentheses and hyphens, for example (555) 982‐9800. Do not select the option if you use longer phone and fax numbers, or need additional punctuation.
Telephone. Type the company’s telephone number (up to 30 characters long).
Fax Number. Type the company’s fax number (up to 30 characters long).
Except for the database ID, you can change any of the entries on this page at any time.
Being more specific in your applications
The address information you enter on this page is displayed on the Address tab in the Options form for each accounting application. You can change the contact, phone number, or fax number to identify a person or position in the company for whom you are creating a specific ledger system. For instructions, see each application’s Getting Started guide.
Database ID The database ID is for display only; it cannot be changed.
Options tab:
1. Click the Options tab to display the following:
Options tab
Creating the Company Profile
5–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
2. Complete the options tab as follows:
Number of Fiscal Periods. In most cases, you select 12 periods if your fiscal year is divided into calendar months, and 13 if your fiscal year is divided into four‐week periods.
Changing fiscal periods later not recommended
It is important to note that if you later change the number of fiscal periods, you will not be able to meaningfully compare amounts between years that have different numbers of fiscal periods.
Editing fiscal period The number of fiscal periods you select determines the lengths of the default periods on the fiscal calendar. If your fiscal periods vary in length, or if you have a 12‐period fiscal year, which does not start on the first day of the month, you need to edit the dates in the Fiscal Calendar form after you create the company profile. Instructions for editing the fiscal calendar are given in Chapter 7, “Using the Fiscal Calendar,” in the System Manager User Guide.
Quarter with 4 Periods. If you use a 13‐period ledger, select the quarter that contains four fiscal periods, rather than three. Note that you can change this quarter later, although if you do, your previously printed reports may not be consistent with data printed after the change.
Locked Fiscal Period. Click the drop‐down arrow to choose None, Warning, or Error. If the option is turned on, subledgers and Bank Services prohibit transactions from being entered or posted to a period that is locked.
Warning Date Range. If you want to be warned when you enter a date for a transaction that is more than a specified number of days before or after the session date you entered when you started Sage Accpac, type the number of days. If you want to be warned less often, type a large number (up to three characters).
Inactive G/L Account. Click the drop‐down arrow to choose None, Warning, or Error. If this option is turned on, subledgers
Creating the Company Profile
Administrator Guide 5–9
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
and Bank Services prohibit entries to a General Ledger account that has been flagged as Inactive.
Non-existent G/L Account. Click the drop‐down arrow to choose None, Warning, or Error. If the option is turned on, subledgers and Bank Services prohibit entries to an account number that does not exist.
Value Added Tax Location Type and Location Code. This information is used in countries, such as the United Kingdom, where a Value Added Tax (VAT) is calculated and reported. If your company reports VAT, type a six‐character code for location type and up to 30 characters for the location code.
Country Code and Branch. If you wish, type six‐character codes for country and branch.
Multicurrency ledgers
Multicurrency. Select this option if you will be entering, retrieving, importing, posting, and reporting transactions in more than one currency.
When you select the Multicurrency option, the following options or fields appear:
• Default Rate Type field.
• If you selected EUR as your functional currency, an option labeled Euro is activated, allowing reports to be printed in both the euro and the national currency.
− When you select the Euro option, the Reporting Currency field appears.
You cannot change multicurrency
You donʹt have to select the multicurrency option during Common Services activation — you can select it later — but note that you cannot change the multicurrency option once you have saved the company profile.
Functional Currency. Whether you use multicurrency or not, you must enter a functional currency.
Creating the Company Profile
5–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Functional currency cannot be changed
It is important to note that you cannot change the functional currency code after you save the company profile.
To select from the list of supplied codes, click the Finder beside the Functional Currency field, then double‐click the code for your currency.
If the code for your functional currency is not in the list, click New, then enter the international code for your currency.
For instructions to add a currency, see “Maintaining Currency Codes” in Chapter 8 of the System Manager User Guide.
Euro option and the EUR code
If you chose the euro option because you maintain your accounting books in the currency of a participating country of the EMU, you must select EUR as your functional currency code.
Rate Type Default Rate Type. If you use multicurrency accounting, you are required to enter a default rate type. You can select one of the rate types supplied with Sage Accpac or add a new one. (Note that the Default Rate Type field appears only after the Multicurrency option has been selected.)
To view the list of rate types, click the Finder beside the Default Rate Type field, then double‐click a rate type from the list.
If your usual rate type is not in the list, see “Maintaining Currency Rate Types” in Chapter 8 of the System Manager User Guide.
Gain/Loss Accounting Method. When you choose the Multicurrency option, you must also choose your currency translation method:
• Realized and Unrealized Gain/Loss. Exchange gains and losses resulting from fluctuations of exchange rates are unrealized until the transaction is actually settled. Outstanding balances in foreign currencies must then be revalued at each balance sheet date if there were changes in exchange rates. These fluctuations are considered to be temporary and do not get included in the determination of
Creating the Company Profile
Administrator Guide 5–11
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
net income. When the revaluation occurs, the gains/losses are recorded in one period and must be reversed in the next period.
Or
• Recognized Gain/Loss. Exchange gains and losses are recognized when the foreign currency monetary items are revalued or settled using the exchange rate in effect. These gains and losses will be shown on the income statement and will be included in the determination of net income for the current period.
Euro option Euro. You select the euro option if you maintain your books in the currency of a member country of the European Monetary Union (EMU). (If you are not keeping books in the currency of a member country of the EMU, do not select this field.)
Reporting currency
Reporting Currency. Reporting currencies are the national currencies of countries that are members of the EMU. You are required to enter a currency code in this field if youʹve selected the euro option. (Note that this field appears only after the euro option is selected, and only when the functional currency code is EUR.) Your reports will print in both your national currency and the euro.
3. When you are satisfied with the company profile information, click OK.
Sage Accpac will then place icons for Administrative Services and Common Services on the company desktop.
a. If you have not registered System Manager, the Unregistered Applications Warning appears. Click OK to exit from the warning message. The About Sage Accpac ERP dialog box then opens.
b. Click OK to open the company, or click Register if you have your activation code and are ready to register the Sage Accpac product.
Activating Applications
5–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
You can now activate your accounting applications, following the instructions in the next sections.
Activating Applications This section describes the steps you take to activate accounting applications for use with your company database.
• If you are activating application upgrades: See “Activating Application Upgrades,” on page 5‐13. There are very specific procedures to follow when upgrading from previous versions.
• If you are activating new products: See “Activating New Applications,” on page 5‐17.
Before You Begin
Install applications Install the applications you need, following the instructions in Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP.”
Refer to each application’s Getting Started guide for specific information about activation.
Using Optional Fields
If you used optional fields in Sage Accpac modules prior to version 5.2, and are upgrading directly from that version, you must run the Optional Fields Conversion wizard before activating applications. (The wizard is installed with the Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator module, and allows you to map old field codes to new codes.)
Run Wizard first • The Optional Fields Conversion wizard must be run before activation.
Protect data You cannot activate applications while any application screens are open (for example, Fiscal Calendar or Company Profile). This is a safeguard to protect your data.
Activating Applications
Administrator Guide 5–13
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
Activating Application Upgrades
Important steps to take before activating upgrades
You must perform certain steps – in the order shown on the following pages – in many of the application modules before activating the application upgrades. If you don’t take these steps, you will not be able to activate.
The steps include:
• Step 1: Install version 5.5 of all applications.
• Step 2: Post transactions in Project & Job Costing.
• Step 3: Run day end processing.
• Step 4: Post batches in A/R and A/P.
• Step 5: Create G/L batch in Bank Services.
• Step 6: Deactivate Sage Accpac Options Uni/Unidevco products.
• Step 7: Install 5.5 versions.
• Step 8: Install the Sage Accpac optional fields product.
• Step 9: Activate G/L Subledger Services, General Ledger, Bank Services, and Tax Services.
• Step 10: Activate application upgrades.
Step 1: Make Sure You Have Version 5.5
Make sure you have version 5.5, or compatible versions, of all Sage Accpac programs and other programs you use with Sage Accpac ERP.
Step 2: Post Transaction in Project and Job Costing
If you use Project and Job Costing (PJC), before you can upgrade to 5.5A for any other Sage Accpac modules (Inventory Control, Purchase Orders, Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable), you must
Activating Applications
5–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
post selected transactions within PJC. (Note that timecards do not need to be posted.)
If you use Project and Job Costing, post any unposted transactions of the following types:
• Material usage.
• Material returns.
• Material allocation.
• Adjustments.
• Revise estimates.
• Billing worksheets.
Note: You cannot post a billing worksheet you created using version 5.4 to Accounts Receivable version 5.5.
If you have already activated Accounts Receivable version 5.5, you must delete any unposted billing worksheets, and create them again after activating PJC 5.5.
You do not need to create billing worksheets before upgrading to the new version, however. You can create them using version 5.5, after activation.
Step 3: Run Day End Processing
Run Day End Processing in Inventory Control or in Purchase Orders, if you have a standalone Purchase Orders system.
Step 4: Post Batches in Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable
Post all batches in Accounts Receivable and in Accounts Payable.
Activating Applications
Administrator Guide 5–15
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
If you are upgrading from Accounts Receivable 5.2 or Accounts Payable 5.2 or earlier:
• Ensure that all transactions have been posted to G/L. Run the Create G/L Batch form, if necessary.
• Process the CSV file that is created by the above step if General Ledger is not active in the company. The format of this file changed in version 5.3.
• In addition, for Accounts Receivable, ensure that all statement runs have been completed. Reprint all of the incomplete statement runs from the Statements/Letters/Labels form, if necessary.
Step 5: Create G/L Batch in Bank Services
In Bank Services, create the G/L batch and print and clear the Bank Reconciliation Posting Journal.
Bank Services 5.5A is incompatible with Accounts Receivable 5.3A and earlier versions. This means that ALL unposted deposits from Accounts Receivable must first be posted before continuing with the upgrade.
Step 6: Deactivate Sage Accpac Options Uni/Unidevco Products
If you use 5.4 and earlier versions of Sage Accpac Options Uni/Unidevco products, you must deactivate them before activating any Sage Accpac ERP 5.5 products.
Step 7: Install 5.5 Versions
Install all your Sage Accpac 5.5 ERP products.
Activating Applications
5–16 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Step 8: Install Sage Accpac Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator
If you use optional fields, install Sage Accpac Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator.
Before activating applications that use optional fields
• If you are upgrading from version 5.2 or earlier, use the Optional Fields Conversion utility in Common Services to create new optional fields, then map your old optional fields to the new fields before you activate any applications that use optional fields.
• Sage Accpac ERP will automatically transfer optional field data to the new optional fields when you activate each application.
Step 9: Activate G/L Subledger Services, General Ledger, Bank Services, and Tax Services
Activate the following, in the order shown:
1. Activate G/L Subledger Services 5.5.
2. Activate General Ledger 5.5.
• If you are upgrading from version 5.2, you must activate General Ledger before you activate G/L Subledger Services.
3. Activate Bank Services 5.5.
4. Activate Tax Services 5.5.
Close, then reopen database
We suggest you close your company database (and close the Sage Accpac desktop), then reopen both before continuing with activation. With some databases, we have found that activation proceeds more quickly if you take this step.
Step 10: Activate Upgrades
Activate the following upgrades, in the order shown:
1. Accounts Receivable.
Activating Applications
Administrator Guide 5–17
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
2. Accounts Payable.
3. Inventory Control.
4. Order Entry.
5. Purchase Orders.
6. US or Canadian Payroll.
7. Project and Job Costing.
8. Unidevco products.
For particular program dependencies, see the readme files and update notices for each application.
You are now ready to use Sage Accpac ERP. See the application online Help, Getting Started, and User guides for instructions.
Activating new Sage Accpac ERP
If you are activating new applications (not upgrading from previous versions as described above), take the steps in the following section.
Activating New Applications
You must sign on with the system administrator’s ID and password to activate new applications.
To activate a new accounting application:
1. Double‐click the Data Activation icon in the Administrative Services folder.
Activating Applications
5–18 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
You are warned to back up the company database, and then the following dialog box appears:
Data Activation
Order of Activation is important
The order in which you activate applications is important. For example, you must activate General Ledger, then G/L Subledger Services, before you can activate Bank Services
A warning message will inform you of the correct order if you try to activate applications that require another application to be activated first.
Select application 2. Select an application from the list, then click the Activate button. A screen appears for the application you are activating, as shown next:
Activation
Note: Some applications require you to enter the oldest fiscal year starting date and the current fiscal year before proceeding with activation.
3. Click Proceed. (As activation proceeds, you will see messages telling you that tables are being created.)
Activating Applications
Administrator Guide 5–19
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Activating Sage A
ccpac ERP
When you have finished activating all your installed applications, you return to the Data Activation dialog box.
4. Click Close.
You return to the company desktop where folders and icons for activated applications appear. In addition, a check mark appears beside each activated application in the System Information dialog box.
To open System Information, go to the Sage Accpac Help menu.
System Information
When you click the Modules button, the following screen appears:
This screen displays information about each program module, including the program name, the last modification date/time, the size, and the location of each module currently loaded under Windows. If there is a problem with your Sage Accpac program, the
Activating Applications
5–20 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-5.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:19:20 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:29:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
information that a particular file is (or is not) up to date will be useful to tech support.
After you activate your Sage Accpac system database, company database, and accounting applications, you enter user information. Go to Chapter 6, “Entering User Information.”
Administrator Guide 6–i
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
Chapter 6 Entering User Information
Creating and Maintaining User Records ..........................................6–3 Adding User Records .......................................................6–3
When You Choose Sage Accpac as the Authentication Method ..............6–5 When You Choose Windows as the Authentication Method.................6–5 When You Choose “Both” as the Authentication Method ...................6–7
Editing User Records .......................................................6–7 Deleting User Records ......................................................6–8 After Creating a User ID ....................................................6–8
Customizing User Interfaces.....................................................6–8 Creating UI Profile IDs......................................................6–9 Assigning Users to Profile IDs ..............................................6–11 Assigning More Than One Profile ID to the Same User ........................6–13 Editing UI Profile IDs ......................................................6–14 Deleting UI Profile IDs .....................................................6–16
Specifying User Directories.....................................................6–18 Before You Begin ..........................................................6–18 After Adding Customization Directories .....................................6–20
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Administrator Guide 6–1
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
Chapter 6 Entering User Information
This chapter describes how to create user records and create directories for customized reports or forms for your Sage Accpac users. The chapter also explains how to customize the user interface to hide fields not needed by groups of users.
Users dialog box
A user record contains the following information:
• User ID. A code that uniquely identifies a user.
• User Name. The user’s name.
• Account Type: Choose Timecard for employees who will enter timecards in the Payroll or Project and Job Costing modules. Choose User for all other users.
Creating and Maintaining User Records
6–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Language. If you are running Sage Accpac ERP in more than one language, choose the language for the user.
• Authentication Method. Choose Sage Accpac, Windows, or Both in this field.
• Windows Domain. The Windows domain for the User’s Windows ID.
• Windows User Name. The Windows Logon ID that has been assigned to a user. They will be able to use it as their logon ID for Sage Accpac ERP if you chose Windows or Both as the authentication method.
• Password. If you are using Sage Accpac authentication, specify a password for the User ID. You can specify additional options for the user, such as being required to change their password after the first signon, or being allowed to sign on only at specific times on specific days.
− To set global security (for example, to have users change their passwords after a specified number of logons, and to set signon restrictions for days of the week and hours of the day), see the section “Setting Global Security Options,” in Chapter 4 of this guide.
The company database stores information about user IDs, each user’s security access information, their customized business forms, and their customized user interfaces.
For a discussion of user authorization (which is part of security implementation), see Chapter 7, “Setting Up Security.”
To create customized business forms, see the section, “Specifying User Directories,” later in this chapter.
To customize the user interface, see the section, “Customizing User Interfaces,” later in this chapter.
Creating and Maintaining User Records
Administrator Guide 6–3
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
Creating and Maintaining User Records
Only the system administrator can modify the Admin user record. Other users, if they are given the security rights to maintain users, can open the Users form to view, add, modify or delete users and then add security groups, assign user authorizations, and add customization directories. Note that the Admin record can never be deleted.
Adding User Records
1. Double‐click the Users icon in Administrative Services.
2. Type an ID in the User ID field, using up to eight characters (letters from A to Z and digits from 0 to 9). An ID must start with a letter, not a number.
If security is turned on for the system database that the company database uses, the User ID determines the information the user has access to in Sage Accpac.
New button If there is an ID in the field already, click the New button.
3. Type a name for the user in the User Name field.
4. Select the Account Type (User or Timecard). If you select Timecard, you must also create a security group for employees who enter timecards.
5. Select a Language. The language code determines the language in which the user’s messages, Help, reports, and forms are displayed or printed.
6. Select an Authentication Method (Sage Accpac, Windows, or Both). Choose Windows to allow the user to sign on using their Windows User ID; choose Sage Accpac to allow the user to sign on using only their Sage Accpac User ID; choose Both to allow the user either option.
Creating and Maintaining User Records
6–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
7. If you chose Windows Authentication (or Both) in step 6, enter a Windows Domain name and the Windows User Name for this user. (See the next sections that discuss what happens when you choose Sage Accpac or Windows or Both as the authentication method.)
You can click the Browse button to choose from a list of Windows Users.
8. Type a password and verify it. The password should be between 4 and 64 characters, must start with a letter, and can consist of letters from A to Z and digits from 0 to 9.
When you type a password, Sage Accpac displays asterisks. You must enter a password in each user record. However, if security is not turned on for the system database that the company uses, users are not asked for the password when they start Sage Accpac.
9. Select Password security options, choosing from the following options:
• User must change password at next logon. This option forces the user to change their password the next time they log on to Sage Accpac.
• User cannot change password. This option will prevent a user from changing their password.
• Password never expires. This option allows the same password to be used without requiring a change.
• Account is disabled. The Administrator selects this option to prevent a user from logging in.
• Account is restricted. If you choose this option, you must then select the day or days of the week and the hours that a user can log on to Sage Accpac.
• Account is locked out. This option is checked only after a user has made more attempts at logging in than is allowed
Creating and Maintaining User Records
Administrator Guide 6–5
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
in the global security settings set up in Database Setup. The Administrator clears the checkmark to allow the user to log in once again.
10. Click Add to save each new user record.
When You Choose Sage Accpac as the Authentication Method
By default, Sage Accpac will be selected in the Authentication field. When this method is selected, Sage Accpac will work exactly as before. The Windows Domain and Windows User Name fields will be disabled, but all other fields and options will be available.
When You Choose Windows as the Authentication Method
When Windows is the Authentication method, the user must log on to Sage Accpac with a valid Windows User ID. They will not be able to log on using a Sage Accpac User ID.
The following will be disabled:
• Password (and Verify) fields.
• User Must Change Password At Next Logon option.
• Password Never Expires option.
• User Cannot Change Password option.
Passwords previously assigned will be cleared, therefore no longer valid.
Normally, the user will enter their username, domain and password when signing onto Windows. This is then authenticated on the server to determine if the user is valid. If the user then logs on to Sage Accpac with the same username and domain, Sage Accpac will not require a password.
Creating and Maintaining User Records
6–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Changes to the Open Company dialog box
To allow authentication, the Open Company dialog box has the following:
• A Windows Authentication checkbox.
• A field for the Windows Domain name. (This field appears only when Windows is the authentication method selected in the User dialog box.)
If Windows Authentication was not selected in the Users form for any user ID, (that is, the default method, Sage Accpac, was selected), the Open Company dialog box will display the Windows Authentication option, but it will be disabled for all users, including ADMIN. (On the Sage Accpac Web desktop, this option will always be enabled.)
Sage Accpac Authentication Method
When the Windows or the Both Authentication Methods are chosen for any user, the Windows Authentication option will be enabled but unchecked for all users, as shown below:
Windows / Both Authentication Methods
When the user logging on selects the Windows Authentication option, the Domain field appears, as shown below:
Windows Authentication option selected, Domain field displayed
Option enabled
Option disabled
Creating and Maintaining User Records
Administrator Guide 6–7
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
By default, the Domain and User ID fields display the domain and user ID for the currently logged‐in Windows user if their Sage Accpac User ID has been mapped to a Windows user account.
Password fields disabled
The Password field and the Change Password button will always be disabled in Windows Authentication mode since the current user will have already logged on as a Windows user.
When You Choose “Both” as the Authentication Method
The Both setting allows the user to log on to Sage Accpac using either their Sage Accpac or their Windows User ID and password. Selecting this option enables all the fields and password options. If the username field is blank, the field will default to the Windows username.
Editing User Records
1. Enter the User ID for the record you are editing, or select it from the Finder.
• You can change everything in a user record except the User ID. (If you change the User ID, you are creating a different user.)
• For a user assigned to either Windows or Both Authentication Methods, the password field is always disabled. The Account Is Restricted and Account Is Disabled options can be edited however.
2. Click Save to save your changes.
3. If you change your mind and decide not to edit a record, simply click Close before saving the changes, then answer No to the question, “Save changes To User X.“
Customizing User Interfaces
6–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Deleting User Records
1. Enter the User ID for the record you are deleting, or select it from the Finder. (You cannot delete the ADMIN ID.)
2. Click Delete and answer Yes to the question, “Are you sure you want to delete user X.”
Note: The User ID for any record you delete is automatically removed from all security groups to which it was assigned.
After Creating a User ID
Define security groups
If user access to your data is restricted by passwords, you need to define security groups. Follow the instructions in Chapter 7, “Setting Up Security.”
You also need to assign users who have Timecard as their Account Type to security groups because they will be entering timecards in Project and Job Costing and/or in Payroll.
IDs and desktop settings
After you add a user record, the User ID becomes a subfolder under the User folder. This folder will contain desktop information that the user customizes (for example, display options). These settings are described in Chapter 3, “Learning the Basics,” in the System Manager User Guide.
Customizing User Interfaces
You customize user interfaces to hide fields for users who do not need those fields when performing day‐to‐day tasks.
Customizing the user interface includes the following steps:
• Creating User IDs.
• Creating a User Interface Profile ID.
Customizing User Interfaces
Administrator Guide 6–9
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
• Assigning users to the Profile ID.
Creating UI Profile IDs
1. Determine the fields a user will not need when using certain forms and dialog boxes.
2. Open Sage Accpac as the ADMIN user.
3. Create your User IDs. (See previous sections for the steps.)
4. Open the form that you are customizing for a user. (In our following examples, we chose Currency Codes.)
5. Choose Customize from the File menu.
The Customize form for Currency Codes looks like this:
The Customize screen displays a list of the controls that can be hidden for the dialog box or form that you started from (for our example, the Currency Codes dialog box). To hide some of these controls for users, you must either select an existing profile or create a new one. In the following steps, we explain how to create a new profile.
6. Click the New button beside the Working Profile field.
Field controls that can be hidden
Customizing User Interfaces
6–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
The following screen opens:
7. Enter a unique ID, up to 20 characters, in the Profile ID field (for example, CURRCODE), and a description in the Profile Description field, then click Add, then click Close to return to the Customize form.
The Customize form will now look like this:
Because we have just created the first Working Profile, it is selected in the Working Profile field. We must now clear the controls that we do not want the user to see in the Currency Codes dialog box.
Customizing User Interfaces
Administrator Guide 6–11
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
8. Click checkmarks beside the controls for the fields to hide. The checkmarks disappear, as shown next:
The field will be hidden when users assigned to the CURRCODE Working Profile open the Currency Codes dialog box.
9. Click Save, then click OK to return to the dialog box you customized. (In our example, we return to Currency Codes.)
10. Click Close in the dialog box.
After creating UI Profile IDs, you assign users to them.
Assigning Users to Profile IDs
You can assign more than one user to each Profile ID.
Make sure that you first create profile IDs for the screens that you are planning to allow restricted access to.
To assign Users to Profile IDs:
1. Double‐click the Assign UI Profiles icon in the Administrative Services folder.
Field to be hidden
Customizing User Interfaces
6–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
If you have not assigned any UI Profiles to users, the Assign UI Profiles form has no entries in the grid, as shown below:
2. Click the Finder in the User ID column, highlight a User ID from the list, and click Select.
The Assign UI Profile form reappears, with the selected User ID displayed in the User ID column.
3. Click the Finder in the Profile ID column to choose a Profile from the list.
Customizing User Interfaces
Administrator Guide 6–13
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
Our sample Assign UI Profiles form now displays the following:
Each time you open the Assign UI Profiles screen, the grid displays all User IDs and Profile IDs previously assigned.
4. Click Close to return to the Sage Accpac desktop.
The next time the user selected in step 3 opens the form that has been restricted, the fields hidden in the Working Profile will not appear.
Assigning More Than One Profile ID to the Same User
If you assign the same user to more than one Profile created for the same form or dialog box, buttons or fields that are hidden in both Profiles will be hidden when that user logs on. However, buttons or fields that are designated as hidden in one profile, but are not hidden in the other profile will be visible for this user.
For example, if you create two profiles for Invoice Entry, one called AR Clerk 1, and the other called AR Clerk 2:
Profiles Hidden Items AR Clerk 1 Terms Code Delete Button Tax Group AR Clerk 2 Delete Button Print Button
If you assign User X to both Profiles, the only item hidden is the Delete button, since User X – as AR Clerk 1 – has the ability to Print,
Customizing User Interfaces
6–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
and – as AR Clerk 2 – has the ability to change the Terms Code and Tax Group, but for both AR Clerk 1 and AR Clerk 2, the Delete button will be hidden.
Editing UI Profile IDs
You can edit UI Profile IDs.
1. Open the form for which you created the Working Profile. We are again using Currency Codes as our example.
2. Choose Customize from the File menu.
The Customize screen appears:
Customizing User Interfaces
Administrator Guide 6–15
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
3. From the drop‐down list in the Working Profile field, choose the profile to edit.
4. Click on the controls you now want hidden for the user (or viewed, if the checkmark was previously removed, as in our example above).
We will now allow the controls to be viewed:
5. Click Save, then click OK to return to the form you started from (in our example, we return to Currency Codes).
Customizing User Interfaces
6–16 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
6. Click Close to return to the Sage Accpac desktop.
Deleting UI Profile IDs
You delete UI Profile IDs as described in the following steps.
1. Open the Assign UI Profiles form.
2. Highlight the line containing the User ID/Profile ID that you wish to delete, click the Delete button, then close the form.
3. Open the UI Profile Maintenance form.
Customizing User Interfaces
Administrator Guide 6–17
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
4. Click the Finder beside the Profile ID field, then select a Profile ID from the list.
If you have not already created Profile IDs, the Finder will not open, and you will receive an error message that there are no profiles to choose from.
The Profile Maintenance form reappears, displaying the selected Profile ID in the Profile ID field, the names of the screens that will have hidden fields, the hidden fields on that screen, and the application.
5. Click Delete. The following message appears:
6. Click Yes to continue with the deletion, then click Close. When you open UI Profile Maintenance again, the deleted profile will not be in the list.
Specifying User Directories
6–18 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Specifying User Directories
You use Customization Directories to specify where customized forms and reports will be located for particular users and companies. You must sign on with the system administrator’s ID and password to have access to this feature.
Use for customized business forms
Customized forms and reports allow flexibility in reporting data. For example, you might want to remove company‐sensitive data from a report that is printed by clerks.
If you edit business forms or reports, you need to save the customized versions in folders that you set up. When you are ready to print a form or report, Sage Accpac looks first for a customized version of it; if one is not available, the standard version found in the default location will be printed. (See “After Adding Customization Directories,” later in this chapter.)
One directory Sage Accpac searches for one customization directory per company.
Before You Begin
The first step is to set up directories to contain your users’ customized business forms and reports.
Set up directories Set up directories (folders) for customized forms and reports using the structure: d:\folder\application\language, where:
d is a local, diskette, or network drive.
folder is any folder other than the folder where Sage Accpac is installed. Note however, that if you installed the program in . . .\Program Files\Sage Accpac, the customization directory cannot be . . .\Program Files\Sage Accpac. It could, however, be a subfolder of Sage Accpac (for example, . . .\Program Files\Sage Accpac\Custom).
application is the code for the application name and version number.
Specifying User Directories
Administrator Guide 6–19
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Entering User Inform
ation
language is the language code for the application, such as ENG.
Examples of customized folders
Examples of folders that have been customized are C:\CUSTOM\INVOICES\AR55A\ENG, and H:\TAXFORMS\OREGON\UT55A\ENG.
Important When you add the name of the folder in the Customization Directories form, type only d:\folder (for example, C:\CUSTOM\INVOICES or H:\TAXFORMS\OREGON). Do not type d:\folder\application\language. The current application and user’s language code determine these subfolders.
To add customization directories:
1. Make sure a directory has been set up, as described in the previous section.
2. Double‐click the Customization Directories icon in Administrative Services.
3. Use the Finder in the User ID column to select a user.
4. Use the Finder in the Company ID column to select a company.
5. Type a path in the Customization Directory column.
6. Click Close.
Specifying User Directories
6–20 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-6.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:20:38 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:35:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Customization directories are saved in alphabetical order, by User ID.
To delete a customization directory, select a directory from the list, then click Delete.
After Adding Customization Directories
How the program searches for the item to print
When a user is ready to print a business form or report, Sage Accpac searches for the item in a specific order. For example, assume the user ID for the current session is JOHNB and the company database ID is UNICO:
1. The program first checks to see whether a customization directory exists for JOHNB and UNICO. If the folder exists and it contains the form or report, the item is printed.
2. If a match is not found in step 1, the program checks to see whether a customization directory exists for all (*) users of UNICO. If the folder exists and it contains the form or report, the item is printed.
3. If a match is not found in step 2, the program checks to see whether a customization directory exists for JOHNB for all (*) companies. If the folder exists and it contains the form or report, the item is printed.
4. If a match is not found in step 3, the program checks to see whether a customization directory exists for all (*) users and all (*) companies. If the folder exists and it contains the form or report, the item is printed.
5. If a match is not found in step 4, the program prints the standard form or report in the default location for Sage Accpac.
Administrator Guide 7–i
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up Security
Chapter 7 Setting Up Security
Before Adding Security Groups..................................................7–2 Tips .......................................................................7–2
Adding and Editing Security Groups.............................................7–2 Assigning User Authorizations ..................................................7–8
Tips .......................................................................7–8
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Administrator Guide 7–1
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up Security
Chapter 7 Setting Up Security
This chapter describes the steps you must follow to add security groups that will restrict user access to specific tasks and folders in Sage Accpac ERP.
If you do not need to restrict user access, you can skip this chapter. You still need to create user records, as described in Chapter 6, “Entering User Information.”
Global security settings
The system administrator can determine global security (for example, how often passwords must change, and the length and format of passwords) by selecting advanced security for databases during Database Setup. See Chapter 4 “Setting Up Databases,” for further information about these settings.
Double‐click the Security Groups icon in the Administrative Services folder to add user groups in Sage Accpac ERP. (Note that only the System Administrator will have access to this feature, unless a user has been assigned to a user group with security access.)
If a user has not been assigned authorization to change security groups and assign user authorizations, then only the system administrator is allowed to create and maintain security groups.
Additional security You can also use the UI Profile Maintenance feature as a secondary security measure. See “Customizing User Interfaces,” in Chapter 6.
Setting macro security
Please see Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” in this guide for information about digitally signing macros.
Before Adding Security Groups
7–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Before Adding Security Groups Before you add security groups, make sure the following steps are completed:
• When setting up the system database, select the Enable Application Security option. See Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases.”
• Activate all your applications, following the instructions in Chapter 5, “Activating Sage Accpac ERP.”
• Add user records, making sure that each user has a unique password. See Chapter 6, “Entering User Information.”
Tips
Select the tasks each group can perform
When you add user groups, you specify which tasks each group can or cannot perform for each application. For example, you could define a user group called MANAGER and give the users in the group access to all tasks in General Ledger. You might also define a group called CLERK and allow the users in this group to view transactions only.
All companies use the same groups
Security groups are system‐wide — all companies that use the same system database share the same security groups.
Adding and Editing Security Groups The Security Groups dialog box lists all installed and activated applications. Common Services and Administrative Services are included in the list as applications.
Adding and Editing Security Groups
Administrator Guide 7–3
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up Security
Common Services Tasks
Common Services tasks to which you can assign security include the following:
• Maintain Company Information — allows users to update the company profile. If access to this task is denied, the user can view the company profile, but cannot update it.
• Maintain Fiscal Calendar — allows users to revise the fiscal calendar. If access to this task is denied, the user can view the fiscal calendar, but cannot revise it.
• Maintain Optional Fields — allows users to add, edit, and delete optional fields. If access to this task is denied, the user can view optional fields, but cannot revise them.
• Import Common Services Data — allows users to import data in Common Services if access is also given to maintain the data.
• Export Common Services Data — allows users to export data in Common Services.
• Common Inquiry — You must allow every user the Common Inquiry option. Note that if this is the only authorization a user has, they cannot edit fields, nor save data.
• Maintain Schedules — allows users to create and delete schedules for recurring transactions, and to process schedules that appear in the Reminder List. .
Administrative Services Tasks
Administrative Services tasks to which you can assign security include the following:
• Customize Company Desktop —allows users to choose all commands on the Object menu. The user can create new groups on the company desktop and add items to the groups. If access to these tasks is denied, the user can view information using the Properties command, but cannot edit the information. For additional information, see Chapter 5, “Customizing Your Desktop,” in the System Manager User Guide.
Adding and Editing Security Groups
7–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Change Print Destination — allows users to specify another location for printing reports. Note that to change the print destination in Inventory Control, Purchase Orders, and Order Entry, users must be assigned to a security group having permission to change the print destination within those applications. Without that permission, users will only be able to print to a physical printer.
• Maintain Macros — allows users to record and edit macros using the Start Recording and Edit commands on the Macro menu. If access to these tasks is denied, the user can only run macros and change the macro directory, using the Run and Options commands on the Macro menu.
• Check Data Integrity — allows users to choose the Data Integrity icon in the Administrative Services folder and check the integrity of application data.
• Maintain Currency Information — allows users to revise currency code, rate type, table, and exchange rate information for all companies. If access to these tasks is denied, the user can view the currency information, but cannot revise it. To import currency information, the user must also have access to Import Currency Information.
• Import Currency Information — allows users to import currency information if access is also given to Maintain Currency Information.
• Export Currency Information — allows users to export currency information if access is also given to Maintain Currency Information.
• Currency Screens — allows users to view all currency screens. (Users cannot edit currency information if “Currency Screens” is the only currency item selected.)
• Access All Finder Fields — allows users to view all fields in all Sage Accpac Finders.
Adding and Editing Security Groups
Administrator Guide 7–5
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up Security
• Export From Finder — allows users to export data from Finders.
• Maintain Users — allows users in the security group with this security access to view, add, modify or delete users.
• Security Groups and User Authorizations — allows users to view, add, modify, or delete security groups and/or users from those groups.
• Customization Directories — allows users to add, edit and delete customization directories.
• Database Load — allows users to load databases.
• Database Dump — allows users to dump databases.
Bank Services Tasks
Bank Services tasks to which you can assign security include the following:
• Display Bank Information — allows users to view all Bank Services.
• Maintain Bank Information — allows users to add, edit, and delete banks.
• Reconcile Bank Statements — allows users to reconcile bank statements.
• Return Customer Checks — allows users to return customer checks.
• Import Bank Services Data — allows users to import bank services data if authorized to also maintain bank information.
• Export Bank Services Data — allows users to export bank services data if authorized to also maintain bank information.
• Transfer Funds — allows users to transfer funds from one bank account to another.
• Reverse Payments — allows users to reverse checks and other payments.
Adding and Editing Security Groups
7–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
• Bank Entries — allows users to view bank entries.
• Post Bank Reconciliations — Allows users to post bank reconciliations, using the Post Reconciliation form.
• View Credit Card Information — Users with this right are able to view the unencrypted credit card number. Users without this right will see only encrypted numbers.
• Periodic Processing — Allows bank reconciliation processing: Posting, Adding, Modify, Delete, and Inquire.
• Print Payment Register — Allows users to print the Payment Register report, even when they have no other Bank Services rights.
Tax Services Tasks Tax Services tasks to which you can assign security include the following:
• Export Tax Services Data — allows users to export tax services data if authorization is also allowed to maintain tax information.
• Import Tax Services Data — Allows users to import tax services data if authorization is also allowed to maintain tax information.
• Maintain Tax Information — allows users to maintain all tax information.
• Print Tax Tracking Report — allows users to print the tax tracking report.
Adding and Editing Security Groups
Administrator Guide 7–7
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up Security
To add a security group:
1. Double‐click the Security Groups icon.
Security Groups
2. Select an application from the Application drop‐down list.
3. Enter a unique group ID and a description.
The group ID can be up to eight characters (letters from A to Z and digits from 0 to 9).
4. Check the tasks the security group can have access to.
• To select every task in the list, click Select All.
• To remove a task that has already been selected, click in the box to clear the checkmark.
• To remove all tasks, click the Remove All button.
5. Click Add, then repeat these steps for each application.
To edit or delete a security group:
1. Select the Group ID to change, then make changes by adding or removing checkmarks beside tasks.
• To cancel changes, click Close, then choose No in the message that appears.
• To delete a group, select the security group to delete, then click Delete, and answer Yes in the message.
Assigning User Authorizations
7–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
2. Click Save, then click Close to exit.
You now assign users to the security groups you created, following the instructions in the next section.
Assigning User Authorizations
If a user has not been assigned authorization to change security groups and authorizations, then only the system administrator is allowed to create and maintain security groups.
Tips
Can assign one user to different groups
You assign each user to one security group for each application. All the users in the same group can perform the tasks defined for the group. The same user can be assigned to different groups within the same company.
Before assigning user authorizations
Add your security groups, as described in the previous section, “Adding and Editing Security Groups.“
To assign user authorizations:
1. Double‐click the User Authorizations icon in Administrative Services.
The User Authorizations dialog box appears:
Assigning User Authorizations
Administrator Guide 7–9
Smag55-7.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:30:34 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:47:00 PM.
Sage Software Confidential
Setting Up Security
2. Select the User ID.
If a security group has been assigned to this user, it appears next to the Application name, in the Group ID column.
3. To the right of the first application name, double‐click the Group ID field to display a Finder button. Click the button to display security groups defined for the application.
4. Select a group from the list. Repeat for each application.
5. Repeat this process for each user for this company.
6. When you have finished selecting the security groups for all your users, click Close.
To edit an authorization:
1. Select a User ID. The authorizations previously set up for that user are displayed in the Group ID column for each application.
2. Click the Group ID column to select other group IDs for the user.
3. Click Close.
To delete a group ID from an authorization:
1. Select a User ID. The authorizations previously set up for that user are displayed in the Group ID column for each application.
2. Double‐click the Group ID that you want to delete, then press the Delete or Backspace keys on your keyboard.
3. Click Close to save your changes.
The next time you open User Authorizations, the authorizations you deleted do not appear for that user.
Administrator Guide 8–i
Smag55-8.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:03:06 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:26:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
Restart
Records
Chapter 8 Working with Restart Records
Restart Records ................................................................8–1 Getting Restart Information .....................................................8–1
How to Use ................................................................8–2 Restarting an Operation.........................................................8–3
Smag55-8.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:03:06 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:26:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
Administrator Guide 8–1
Smag55-8.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:03:06 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:26:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
Restart
Records
Chapter 8 Working with Restart Records
This chapter gives instructions for accessing restart information and resuming a process once an error has been fixed.
Restart Records If an error (such as an invalid record) causes a process to stop, Sage Accpac creates a restart record, which identifies the error condition by task, date, time, and user (the person performing the task), and describes any action which must be taken.
Restart message If the user does not fix the error and resume the process, a message is displayed the next time the user signs on to Sage Accpac. This message warns that earlier processing was not completed, and asks the user to check with the system administrator before proceeding.
The system administrator is the only user authorized to review restart records.
Getting Restart Information
Double-click the Restart Maintenance icon in Administrative Services to see all the restart records created for your Sage Accpac installation. You must sign on with the system administrator’s ID and password to have access to this feature.
Getting Restart Information
8–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-8.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:03:06 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:26:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
How to Use
The Restart Maintenance dialog box looks like this:
Restart Maintenance
Restart record A restart record exists for each incomplete operation. Restart records are numbered. Each record contains the following information:
• Database ID. For the company in use when the error occurred. This is the ID you assigned to the company when you created it, following the instructions in Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases.”
• Program Name. The program where the error occurred (for instance, BK).
• Restart Number. An internal number for the program in which the error occurred. You do not need to be concerned about this number.
• User ID. The ID of the user performing the task.
• Date. When the error occurred.
• Time. Of the error.
• Message. Text describing where the error occurred and sometimes specifying corrective action (such as running an integrity check).
View other records Click the navigation buttons to display additional restart records.
Restarting an Operation
Administrator Guide 8–3
Smag55-8.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:03:06 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:26:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
Restart
Records
Delete records Click Delete to delete the current restart record, if you no longer need the information or if you decide not to resume the process.
Print restart information
Click Print (from the File menu) to print a list of all the restart records. If you selected the Confirm On Print option in the Preferences dialog box, you can choose a specific printer or file to print the records to.
Restarting an Operation The procedure to recover from an error depends on the type of error. You must follow the instructions given in the message for a restart error.
This section takes you through the steps for restarting an import operation when an error condition stops it.
Example of import error
We will use a simple example to illustrate the steps.
Assume you are importing a file of currency codes and record 2 has an invalid field. A restart record is automatically created and the program displays a message indicating that processing stopped at record 2. The reason for the error is included.
You acknowledge and fix the error, then restart the operation.
Fix the error 1. In the Restart Maintenance screen, make a note of the record number, then click Close.
2. Fix the error so you can resume the process.
Restart the operation
3. From the menu (for example, in Currency Codes), choose the command for the process, our example is importing of currency codes.
Restarting an Operation
8–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-8.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:03:06 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:26:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
Resume processing in a file of single-record data
The program indicates that it will resume processing at a numbered record (for example, at record 1, because the import process imports 10 records at a time (for example, in a file such as currency codes). If an error occurs in any of the 10 records, none of the ten is imported. If record 2 is invalid, no records are imported. If the error occurred in record 17, records 1 to 10 would be imported, and the import would resume at record 11 after the error was fixed.
...or in a header/detail file
If the file that is imported contains both header and detail records, such as a General Ledger batch, importing behaves differently. The import process imports up to the last correct record. For example, if an error is found in a detail in record 5, the previous four records are imported. Importing will resume at record 5 after the error is fixed.
4. If other files with the same types of record have been unsuccessfully imported in the past, click the navigation buttons to display the restart information for those files.
In the example, the import will start over again at record 1, and the program will delete the restart record.
If you decide not to resume the process, click Delete in Restart Maintenance to delete the displayed restart information. If you think you might resume the process later, click Close.
Administrator Guide A–i
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Appendix A Setup Checklist
System Manager Setup Checklist ............................................... A–1 Working with the Setup Checklist............................................... A–2
Printing the Setup Checklist ................................................ A–2
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Administrator Guide A–1
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Appendix A Setup Checklist
This appendix describes the System Manager Setup Checklist for a Pervasive.SQL database and explains how to print the checklist.
System Manager Setup Checklist The System Manager Setup Checklist provides you with step‐by‐step instructions for setting up System Manager, including:
• Installing System Manager, applications, and sample data.
• Setting up Web access by configuring IIS, the Sage Accpac Enterprise Server, and Windows 2000/2005 Component Services.
• Creating system and company databases.
• Activating services and accounting applications, and creating a company profile.
• Adding users, setting up a security system, creating and assigning UI Profile IDs.
• Setting up a standard printer.
• Adding currency information (for multicurrency accounting).
• Defining user directories (for customized forms).
• Setting up optional fields (if you will have customized fields in your accounting applications).
Working with the Setup Checklist
A–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Working with the Setup Checklist After you set up the System Manager and accounting applications, you may find that certain setup procedures need to be repeated occasionally. For example, you may need to add new users and assign user authorizations to them. You can print the Setup Checklist when needed.
Printing the Setup Checklist
When you are ready to set up the System Manager, print the checklist following the instructions below. The checklist is a PDF file, which you can read in the Adobe Acrobat Reader.
The Adobe Acrobat Reader is available from Adobe’s Web site.
1. Start Adobe Acrobat Reader.
2. Choose File Open.
3. Select the file, Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.PDF, from C:\Program Files \Sage Accpac\DOCS\SM55AENG.
4. Choose File, Print.
Working with the Setup Checklist
Administrator Guide A–3
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 7/8/2008, at 6:18:53 PM. Last saved on 7/8/2008 6:18:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 1 of 11
Step 1. Install Software
If you are installing Sage Accpac on a network, first read Chapter 2 in the System Manager Administrator Guide,“Planning the Installation.”
LanPak Note: You must install one LanPak per user before you can use Sage Accpac. See the LanPak Installation Guide.
Integrated Access Pack
If you use programs that access a Sage Accpac database through Sage Accpac’s XAPI, you will need to install Integrated Access Pack. See the IAP Installation Guide.
Database Install a database (Pervasive.SQL, Microsoft SQL Server, IBM DB2, or Oracle). (Install your database before performing Step 3.)
Start Windows and insert the Sage Accpac DVD into your computer’s DVD drive. The Installation screen should automatically appear.
If the installation screen does not appear, choose Run from the Start menu, type d:\launch (where d = your DVD drive), and then click OK.
To apply for an activation code now, click that option on the Installation screen. Click “Sage Accpac System Manager,” then respond to installation prompts.
If you already have an activation code, you enter it in the Activation screen during installation, or you can choose the option, “I Will Register Within 30 Days,” so that you can begin using the program while you await the code.
Install the number of LanPaks you require, and apply for activation codes for each.
Install Integration Access Pack (if you use it), and apply for an activation code. Install the Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator module (if you use
optional fields), and apply for an activation code. Install Sage Accpac Multicurrency Accounting (if you use it), and apply for an
activation code. Install accounting programs, and apply for activation codes. Install Crystal Report Server XI and create a Reports folder. Read the Readme file; print it if necessary, then transfer changes to the guides.
Step 2. Set Up Web Access
To allow your users to open Sage Accpac from their Web browsers, you need to run the Web Deployment Manager Configuration Wizard.
Choose Sage Accpac Web Deployment Manager from the Windows Start menu. This menu item appears only if you chose the option, “Web Setup Files” in the Install
Components screen during System Manager installation. The Web Setup Files option appears only when you install System Manager on a Windows 2003 (or later) server.
Read the information on the Welcome screen that appears, then click Next.
Working with the Setup Checklist
A–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 2 of 11
A. Select a Remoting Channel
Step 1 tab In this step, you select a channel that Web-deployed Sage Accpac screens will use when communicating with the Sage Accpac web server.
Select one of the following channel options: Microsoft .NET Framework Remoting Distributed COM (DCOM) Remoting
Click Next.
B. Configure .NET Remoting Parameters
Step 2 tab In this step, you reserve a range of ports to be used by Web-deployed Sage Accpac programs to allow them to communicate with the server.
Specify the following .NET Remoting parameters:
Port Range: to
Enhanced Security
Encrypt Network Data Click Next.
C. Configure .NET Desktop Parameters
Step 3 tab Choose a maximum number of Web Server Objects, then click Next.
D. Configure Component Services
Step 4 tab Component services generate Web pages when users sign on to the Web-based Sage Accpac desktop, and manage server processes if DCOM is the remoting channel.
Enter a username and password of a valid Windows user account.
Confirm the password, then click Next.
E. Configure Internet Information Server
Step 5 tab Because Sage Accpac uses the Microsoft IIS as the Web server for the Sage Accpac Web-based desktop, you now specify how the Sage Accpac server should be configured in IIS.
Specify a virtual directory name (it becomes part of the URL that Sage Accpac users enter when accessing the Sage Accpac desktop on the Web).
Specify the server name:
– If the server will be deployed on the Internet, the name should be the fully-qualified domain name (for example, Sage Accpac.yourcompany.com).
– For .NET Remoting, the IP address of the server can be used instead of the name. – If the server is deployed on an internal network, the server name can be the
Windows machine name of the server, or the IP address. If you choose this option, the system moves you to Step 6 (next), otherwise, you go to the Step 7 tab (G).
Click Next.
Working with the Setup Checklist
Administrator Guide A–5
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 3 of 11
F. Specify Crystal Enterprise Settings
Step 6 tab The Sage Accpac server uses Crystal Enterprise for its Web-based reporting.
Specify Crystal Enterprise settings:
APS Name:
User ID and Password:
Folder:
Click Next.
G. Install Sage Accpac Web Service into IIS
Step 7 tab The Sage Accpac Web Service is an XML Web Service that allows third-party programs to access Sage Accpac using the SOAP standard. Skip this step if you do not run third-party programs that are programmed to access the Sage Accpac Web Service.
Select the option to install Sage Accpac Web Service.
Specify the virtual directory name that should be used when installing the service into IIS.
Click Next. The wizard installs and configures the remoting channel on the Sage Accpac Web server, then moves you to the Summary tab.
Summary tab Check that the information on the Summary tab is correct, then click Next to proceed to the tab labeled “Done.”
Done tab Read the information on the Done tab, then click OK to exit from the Wizard.
Step 3. Set Up Databases
In this step, you set up a system database first, and then set up your company database.
A. Create DSN
Open the Pervasive.SQL Control Center, then click New Database under the Common Tasks tab in the right-hand pane.
Select the server, then click Next. For the system database, enter a database name and choose a location. During the
procedure, create a new folder in the Sage Accpac root directory with the same name as the DNS name (case sensitive).
Under DB Name Options, select “Bound” and “Create Dictionary Files”. (Do not select the option, “Relational Integrity Enforced,” as Sage Accpac checks integrity itself.)
Select the “Create DSN” option, and leave Normal as the Open Mode.
Click Finish, then create another DSN, for your company database, also adding a new folder for it, as for the system database.
Close the Control Center.
Working with the Setup Checklist
A–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 4 of 11
B. Create System Database
On the Windows Start menu, click Programs, Sage Accpac, then Database Setup.
Enter the system administrator's password to open the Database Setup form.
In Database Setup, click the New button.
Enter a system Database ID.
Select a database type from the drop-down list in the Database Format field: Pervasive.SQL Oracle Microsoft SQL Server IBM DB2
Select System as the Database Category option. Click OK. The Edit Database Profile dialog box appears.
Enter a description for the database. (The default description is the ID you entered in the previous dialog box.)
Pervasive.SQL databases
Enter a description for the system database or leave the default (this is the ID you entered in the New Database dialog box.)
In the Data Source field, select the data source you created in the Pervasive.SQL Control Center (step 3A).
To limit user access to accounting data, select the Enable Application Security option in the Edit Database Profile dialog box.
Click OK to save the system database, and click Yes at the Confirmation message. You are returned to Database Setup, where you will see the new system database in the list. You now create your company database. Go to Step 3C.
C. Create Company Database
In Database Setup, choose New, then enter a company Database ID.
Choose your database type from the drop-down list in the Database Format field. (Note that it must be the same as the system database format.)
Select Company as the Database Category option. From the drop-down list in the System Database ID field, select the system database you
just created. Click OK. The Edit Database Profile dialog box appears.
Type a description for the company database, replacing the default. Pervasive.SQL databases
In the Data Source field, select the data source you created in the Pervasive.SQL Control Center in step 3A.
Click OK to save your company database, and click Yes at the Confirmation message. You are returned to Database Setup, where you will see your new company database in the list. You now set global security for your users. Go to Step 3D.
Working with the Setup Checklist
Administrator Guide A–7
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 5 of 11
D. Set Global Security
Global security options are set in the Advanced Security Settings dialog box in Database Setup. These can be set for both company and system databases.
In the Database Setup dialog box, highlight the database you wish to assign global security to.
Click the Security button in the Database Setup dialog box. This opens the Advanced Security Settings dialog box. Select security options from the following: Require complex passwords. Require passwords to change every days.
Require minimum password length of characters.
Lock out user after attempts.
Enable locked-out user after minutes.
User time server: Server Click OK to return to Database Setup. Click Exit to leave Database Setup. You now open Sage Accpac and activate services and
accounting programs for your company database.
Step 4. Before Activating Services and Accounting Programs
Before you can upgrade, you must take the following steps (in the order shown), or you will not be able to activate the upgrades of the accounting programs. Make sure you have the latest version of all programs.
PJC Post transactions in Project and Job Costing. IC Run Day End Processing. A/R, A/P Post batches in Accounts Receivable and in Accounts Payable. Bank Create G/L Batch in Bank Services. SM Install System Manager. Optional fields Install Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator (if you use optional fields). Important Note that you must run the Optional Fields Conversion Wizard before activating Sage Accpac
accounting programs if you are installing an update to Sage Accpac, and used optional fields in a version prior to version 5.3. During the conversion process, you will map old optional fields to new optional fields. Then during activation of accounting programs, existing optional fields will be converted as per the mapping you assigned in the wizard. (See Step 10 for instructions about creating new optional fields.)
Activate Activate G/L Subledger Services. Activate Activate Bank Services and Tax Services. Activate Activate General Ledger. Activate Activate other programs. For detailed instructions about these steps, see the System Manager Update Notice.
Working with the Setup Checklist
A–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 6 of 11
Step 5. Activate Services and Accounting Programs
A. Activate Services
Click the Sage Accpac icon to open the Sage Accpac desktop.
Enter the administrator password, then select the company name. If this is a new system database, you receive a message to activate Administrative Services. Click Proceed. You will see messages that indicate that data is being activated. When activation for Administrative Services is finished, the Common Services Activation dialog box appears. Type a date for the company’s fiscal year starting date or select it using the calendar icon, then click Proceed.
The Company Profile opens. Go to Step 5B.
B. Create the Company Profile
Before creating the Company Profile, decide how many fiscal periods your company uses (12 or 13), and determine your company’s functional currency.
Address tab Fill in the information on the Address tab.Options tab Click the Options tab and choose a fiscal period:
12 13 Quarter with four periods Locked Fiscal Period: None Warning Error Inactive G/L Account: None Warning Error Non-existent G/L Account: None Warning Error Warning Date Range: Enter a Location Type and Code, and a Country Code and Branch if you use these. Use the Finder to choose your functional currency. If you use multicurrency accounting, choose the Multicurrency option. Accept the Default Rate Type, use the Finder to choose one, or click the New button to create a new rate type code.
Select a Gain/Loss Accounting Method: Recognized Gain/Loss Realized/Unrealized Gain Loss
If you chose EUR as your functional currency, you must also choose the Euro option. This causes the Reporting Currency field to appear. Choose a Reporting Currency (required only for EUR currency code). Click OK to save the Company Profile. (You cannot change your functional currency after saving the Company Profile.)
You now activate services and accounting programs. Go to Step 5C.
Working with the Setup Checklist
Administrator Guide A–9
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 7 of 11
C. Activate Services and Programs
Important! Follow the steps in “Step 4. Before Activating Services and Accounting Programs” before you activate the updates.
Highlight the Administrative Services folder on the Sage Accpac desktop. Double-click the Data Activation icon. (If you have previous Sage Accpac data, back it up before this step, then, at the message, answer Yes to proceed with Activation.) The Data Activation dialog box appears, showing Sage Accpac programs and services that have been installed but not yet activated.
Activate one program at a time by highlighting each program in the list, then clicking Activate. (Note that some programs and services must be activated before others. If you try to activate a program that requires another to be activated first, you will receive an error message.)
When the list is empty, click Close to return to the company desktop. You now add users. Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Add Users
For each user, you assign a password and set up individual security options.
Open the Users dialog box from the Administrative Services folder. Enter a User ID and a User Name. Choose the Account Type (either User or Timecard). Enter a password for this user. Select a Language.
Select an Authentication Method: Sage Accpac Windows Both If you selected Windows, enter a: Windows Domain: Windows User Name:
Enter a Password:
Windows You do not have the option to enter a password if you chose Windows as the Authentication Method, since the user’s Windows password will be used.
Sage Accpac or Both
You must enter a password if you chose Sage Accpac or Both as the Authentication Method, even if security was not turned on for the system database this company uses.
Password length
Make sure that the password is of the length required in the Advanced Security Settings dialog box. (See Step 3C.) Select one or more of the following options: User must change password at next logon. Password never expires. User cannot change password. Account is disabled. Account is restricted:
Between the hours of: and on: Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
Working with the Setup Checklist
A–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 8 of 11
Note that when a user has exceeded the maximum number of logon attempts as set in Advanced Security Settings, the option “Account is Locked Out” is checked. The Administrator clears this option to allow the user to log on again. Click Add to add a new user, or click Save to save an edited User profile, then click Close to return to the Sage Accpac desktop.
To set up security groups and user authorizations, go to steps 6A and 6B. To set up and assign UI Profiles, go to steps 6C and 6D. If you are not setting up these features, continue at Step 7.
A. Set Up Security Groups (optional)
When you define security groups, you specify which tasks each group can or cannot perform for each Sage Accpac program. All companies using the same system database share groups.
Make sure the Security option was selected in Step 2A for the system database this company is associated with. (Close Sage Accpac, then reopen Database Setup to select the security option if it wasn’t already selected.)
Double-click the Security Groups icon in the Administrative Services folder. Select an application from the drop-down list. Type a unique group ID (up to 8 characters) and description (up to 60 characters). Check the tasks the group can have access to. (To uncheck a task, click in the box again to clear it.) Click Add to save the new security group.
Repeat for each application. (Note that Administrative Services, Bank Services, Common Services, and Tax Services are considered programs in Security Groups.)
B. Assign User Authorizations (if you had set up security groups)
Note that you assign each user to one security group for each program; all users in the same group can perform the tasks defined for the group; the same user can be assigned to different groups within the same company.
Double-click the User Authorizations icon in the Administrative Services folder. Select a User ID from the Finder.
With the cursor in the Group ID column, double-click to reveal a Finder button, then click the button to display previously-defined security groups. Select a group from the list. Repeat for each program.
Repeat these steps to assign each user to a security group, then click Close.
C. Create UI Profile IDs (if you are customizing user interfaces for your users)
If your users do not need to use all fields in dialog boxes and forms, you can hide the fields. (Note that User IDs must be created before you can assign UI profile IDs.)
Determine the fields a user will NOT need in windows and dialog boxes. Open Sage Accpac as the ADMIN user. Create your User IDs. Open the window that you are customizing, then choose Customize from the File menu. Click the New button beside the Working Profile field. Enter a unique ID in the Profile ID field (up to 20 characters), and a description in the Description field (up to 60 characters).
Working with the Setup Checklist
Administrator Guide A–11
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 9 of 11
Click Add, then click Close. The Customize window reappears, displaying the new ID in the Working Profile field, and
with checkmarks beside each control that can be hidden. Click checkmarks beside the controls for the fields that you want to hide. The checkmarks disappear. Click Save, then click OK to return to the window you are customizing. The fields will be hidden when users assigned to this Profile open this window.
D. Assign UI Profile IDs (if you customized user interfaces for your users)
After creating a UI Profile ID, you assign users to it. You can create as many Profiles as you need, and assign each user to a different Profile.
Create a UI Profile, then double-click the Assign UI Profiles icon in the Administrative Services folder. Select a User ID from the Finder. Click the Finder in the Profile ID column to choose a Profile ID. Click Close to save this Profile ID for the selected user.
Step 7. Set Up Standard Printer
Your next step is to set up your printer.
Choose Print Destination from the File menu on the Sage Accpac desktop. Select one of the following print destinations:
PrinterPreviewFileE-mail (then choose PDF or RTF format)
Select from these paper options: Report Paper Size Report Orientation Use A4 in Place of Letter
Choose a default paper size for reports that can be printed in both letter and legal size: Letter/A4Legal
Click OK. From the File menu, choose Page Setup, then click the Printer button to select a printer.
Step 8. Add Currency Information
If you use multicurrency accounting, you now add your currency information.
Double-click each icon in the Common Services Currency folder. Add or edit currency codes and rate types to match your system. Double-click the Currency Rates icon to add currency tables for each currency/rate type combination you use, and to enter exchange rates.
Working with the Setup Checklist
A–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 10 of 11
Step 9. Define User Directories
If you use a Sage Accpac product that allows customization, you now define user directories.
If a Customization Directories icon is visible in Administrative Services, double-click the icon to open the form. For each directory to add, select a user ID and company ID, then enter a directory path.
Step 10. Set Up Optional Fields
If you use optional fields, follow these steps:
Open the Optional Fields window in Common Services. Enter an ID code (up to 12 characters) for the optional field, then enter a description for it (up to 60 characters). Select a type from the drop-down list in the Type field: Text: Enter a length (from 1 to 60 characters) in the Length field.
In the Values grid, enter the text and a description.
Amount: In the Values grid, enter an amount (defaults to 3 decimal places) and a description.
Number: Enter a value in the Decimals field (from 0 to 9). In the Values grid, enter a value and a description.
The value will automatically have the number of decimal places you designated in the Decimals field.
Integer: In the Values grid, enter a value of up to 10 numbers and a description. Yes/No: The Values grid does not appear. Simply enter the optional field code
and a description. Date: In the Values grid, enter a date in month/day/year format and a
description. Time: In the Values grid, enter the value in hour/minute/second format and a
description.
To ensure that users enter only the values defined for this optional field, select the Validate option. (Note, this is not available when you choose the Yes/No type.)
If your Type is either Text or Date, and you choose the Validate option, the option, “Allow Blank” appears. Choose this option if a blank value is allowed in addition to other values.
To complete optional fields, open the Optional Fields Setup forms in accounting programs (for example, A/R, O/E) to assign the optional fields you just created.
Working with the Setup Checklist
Administrator Guide A–13
Smag55-a.doc, printed on 6/13/2008, at 10:53:10 AM. Last saved on 6/13/2008 10:52:00 AM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Setup C
hecklist
Date Completed by
Sage Accpac System Manager Setup Checklist Approved by
Filename: Sage Accpac SM Setup Checklist.pdf Page 11 of 11
Set Up Optional Tables (for versions of Sage Accpac prior to v5.3 or third-party products that use Sage Accpac optional tables)
If you use a Sage Accpac product that has the optional tables feature, install Sage Accpac Transaction Analysis and Optional Field Creator and then follow these steps.
Double-click the Optional Tables icon in the Common Services folder. Create a table by typing a code (up to 8 characters) and maximum code lengths. Type each code and its data description on separate lines.
For further information about optional tables, see the Sage Accpac Transaction Analysis and Optional Fields Creator Installation Guide.
Step 11. Set Up Bank Services
Print the file, Sage Accpac Bank Setup Checklist.PDF for the bank setup checklist.
Step 12. Set Up Tax Services
Print the file, Sage Accpac Tax Setup Checklist.PDF for the tax setup checklist.
Once you finish setting up bank and tax services, you are ready to use Sage Accpac ERP. Refer to the User Guide and Getting Started guide for each Sage Accpac accounting program for more information.
Administrator Guide B–i
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Troubleshooting
Appendix B Troubleshooting
Diagnosis Checklist............................................................ B–1 Novell NetWare Network Rights/Privileges...................................... B–2 Printing Problems ............................................................. B–3
Left or Right Margins Cut Off............................................... B–3 Using DBSpy to View Pervasive.SQL and SQL Server Error Messages .............. B–3
Using DBSpy.............................................................. B–4 DBSpy Message Information................................................ B–5
Pervasive.SQL Message Segments ....................................... B–6 SQL Server Message Segments .......................................... B–6
Error Messages and Resolutions ................................................ B–7 94 record lock threshold exceeded........................................... B–7 Can’t open database profile table. System Error............................... B–8 Cannot find required system data files....................................... B–8 Cannot initialize this session................................................ B–8 Company database is locked................................................ B–8
Pervasive.SQL Requester or Client Engine ............................... B–9 Error=20 ................................................................. B–10 Error 34.................................................................. B–10 Error = 135 ............................................................... B–10 Error = 45058 ............................................................. B–10 Error From MQUE Server ................................................. B–10 Error 99 Return Code 0000................................................. B–10 Error loading NWIPXSPX.DLL ............................................ B–10 Error. Unable to synchronize with time server. Only Administrator may
sign on. Please see NT event log for more details. ........................ B–11 Internal Error ............................................................ B–11
Call to server. **MSEQ** failed with status 99 and return code 0000........ B–11 Call to **MSEQ** failed with status 42 and return code 0000............... B–11
B–ii Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Invalid Input. Password must be at least X characters long ....................B–11 Invalid Input. Password must contain both letters and digits ..................B–11 Invalid input. Passwords may not be re‐used ................................B–12 Invalid input. User ID has been disabled ....................................B–12 Invalid input. User ID has been locked out. ..................................B–12 Invalid input. User ID is not authorized to sign on at this time.................B–12 Invalid input. User password may not be changed ...........................B–12 One or more records locked by another user .................................B–12 Operating system limit reached ............................................B–13 Password change is required ...............................................B–14 ROTOCALL Failed........................................................B–14 System database is locked..................................................B–14 System Error .............................................................B–14
Call to undefined DYNALINK..........................................B–14 There is no structure information for the file. Do you want to add some? .......B–15 Your password expires today. Do you want to change it now?.................B–15
Dashboards Errors ............................................................B–15 ASP.NET not registered with IIS............................................B–15 Company list empty.......................................................B–16 Login Failed ..............................................................B–16 Outdated content displayed................................................B–17 Service unavailable........................................................B–17
Other Problems...............................................................B–17 Macro Doesn’t Run in Web Desktop ........................................B–18 Administrative and Common Services Have Not Been Activated for
This Company ........................................................B–18 Can’t Get LanPak Access From Workstation .................................B–18 Only One Workstation Can Log On at a Time................................B–18 System database is locked. See Help for more information. ....................B–18 Company database is locked. See Help for more information. .................B–18 Version Conflict Message When Trying to Sign On to a Company with
No Other Companies Open ............................................B–19 Text and Fields on Forms Overlap on Screen Display .........................B–19
Administrator Guide B–1
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
Appendix B Troubleshooting
This appendix gives suggestions for solving Sage Accpac ERP installation problems.
Before you read this appendix:
• Make sure you are using the latest versions of Sage Accpac modules with the latest service packs.
• Read the current System Manager and application Readme files for up‐to‐date information.
Diagnosis Checklist No matter how you set up Sage Accpac, performing the following steps will eliminate the most common causes of errors:
1. Check the [Configuration] section in the Registry file:
a. Double‐click REGEDIT.EXE in C:\Windows to open the Windows Registry Editor.
b. Click My Computer\HKEY_Local_Machine\Software\ ACCPAC International Inc.\ACCPAC\Configuration, and confirm the following:
• Programs. Must point to the Sage Accpac folder (for example, C:\Program Files\Sage Software\Sage Accpac).
• SharedData. Must point to the parent folder of these three subfolders — . . .\COMPANY, . . .\SITE, . . .\USER (for example, C:\Program Files\Sage Software\Sage Accpac\Company).
Novell NetWare Network Rights/Privileges
B–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
• AppDistPath. Must point to C:\Program Files\Sage Software\Sage Accpac\web\cabs.
• AppDistURL. Must point to http://<hostname>ACCPAC/Cabs.
• WebReportPath. Must point to C:\Program Files\Sage Software\Sage Accpac\web\reports.
• WebReportURL. Must point to http://<hostname>Sage Software\Sage Accpac/Reports.
• WebHelpURL. Must point to http://<hostname>Sage Software\Sage Accpac/Help.
2. If you install another Sage Accpac product and it prompts you that a file exists and is newer than on the installation disks, always choose NO to replace.
If you choose replace, the product that installed the newer file may stop working, and will need to be re‐installed. (You may get messages like “Undefined Dynalink” when starting the other application.)
3. If you are using Windows 98/ME, or higher, set Files=125 in your CONFIG.SYS file.
Novell NetWare Network Rights/Privileges We recommend that you establish the following network rights for users of Sage Accpac.
Folder Rights \Program Files\Sage Accpac Read Write Create File Scan \Program Files\Sage Accpac\ Company
Read Write Create File Scan Modify/Delete
Printing Problems
Administrator Guide B–3
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
Printing Problems If you had installed earlier versions of System Manager (before version 5.0), you will have Crystal Reports on your machine and you can use it as your report writer.
Note: Your version of Crystal Reports must be at least version 8.7 to work with later versions of System Manager.
Left or Right Margins Cut Off
If the left or right margins are cut off when you print landscape‐oriented reports, determine whether your printer supports a Left/Right margin of 0.35 inch (most laser printers support this setting).
To find out which printer driver you should use:
1. Double‐click the Printers icon in the Control Panel and set up a new printer using a different printer driver.
2. Print the report from Sage Accpac, using the new printer driver.
If this step solves the problem, then continue using the new printer driver. If not, set up another printer using another printer driver, then test again.
Using DBSpy to View Pervasive.SQL and SQL Server Error Messages
DBSpy is a tool that lets you monitor all calls and messages that pass between Sage Accpac and a Pervasive.SQL database or between Sage Accpac and a SQL Server database.
DBSpy is especially useful for monitoring interaction with SQL Server. If you are having problems connecting with your SQL database, DBSpy will show you the error conditions reported by the
Using DBSpy to View Pervasive.SQL and SQL Server Error Messages
B–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
server. You can then read a complete description of the problem in the SQL Server documentation.
Also check the event log on the server
If you are having problems communicating with the database, you should also check the Windows NT Application Log using the Event Viewer on the server where SQL Server is running.
For more information on using the SQL Server Event Viewer, see the Windows NT manuals.
Using DBSpy
The DBSpy tool is shipped with Sage Accpac, and is installed in . . .\Program Files\Sage Accpac\Runtime. If you wish, you can add the tools to a Sage Accpac startup folder, or you can start it using the Windows Run command. The DBSpy tool filename is A4WDBSPY.EXE.
To use DBSpy:
You need to start DBSpy before you start Sage Accpac, so that you can view all start‐up messages.
1. Double‐click A4WDBSPY.EXE in the Runtime folder, or click Start/Programs/Sage Accpac/Tools, and choose DBSpy.
2. Start Sage Accpac.
3. When you click OK at the Sign‐on dialog box, DBSpy will immediately display all interaction with the server (minimize the Sage Accpac desktop to view the DBSpy screens).
4. The following example from DBSpy shows a successful database link to SQL Server.
Linking to SAMSYS.SAMSYS...
Establishing new connection 0
Database driver = A4WBTRV.DLL
Using DBSpy to View Pervasive.SQL and SQL Server Error Messages
Administrator Guide B–5
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
[CONTEXT=11][SQLSTATE=01000][ERROR=5701] [Microsoft][ODBC SQL Server Driver][SQL Server] Changed database context to ʹmasterʹ.
[CONTEXT=11][SQLSTATE=01000][ERROR=5703] [Microsoft][ODBC SQL Server Driver][SQL Server] Changed language setting to ʹus_englishʹ.
[CONTEXT=11][SQLSTATE=01000][ERROR=5701] [Microsoft][ODBC SQL Server Driver][SQL Server] Changed database context to ʹSAMSYSʹ.
SQL_ODBC_VER = 02.10.0000
SQL_DRIVER_VER = 02.65.0212
SQL_DBMS_VER = 06.50.0213
USING KEYSET DRIVEN CURSORS
Note that the “error” messages shown above do not indicate a problem; they are just informational.
Driver incompatibility error message in Database Setup
If you receive an error message stating that you require a newer version of the ODBC driver manager (ODBC.DLL), SQL Server ODBC driver (SQLSRVS.DLL) or the DBMS, use DBSpy to view the database linking. The last module listed in the log file will be the one causing the problem.
Note also that you do not receive as much information when you use DBSpy with Pervasive.SQL databases. For Pervasive.SQL messages, see the following section.
DBSpy Message Information
Even though Sage Accpac displays error messages from the Pervasive.SQL database manager or from SQL Server, the DBSpy messages still provide you with additional information that can help you — or Sage Accpac Technical Support — solve your problems.
Using DBSpy to View Pervasive.SQL and SQL Server Error Messages
B–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Pervasive.SQL Message Segments
DBSpy displays messages from the Pervasive.SQL Database Manager in the following form:
Pervasive.SQL CALL: operation(opcode) ==> return code
If you have a persistent problem, this information can help Sage Accpac Technical Support determine the reason for your problem.
The Pervasive.SQL message segments have the following meanings: operation(opcode)
This is the Pervasive.SQL call from Sage Accpac. For example, you might see a message like this:
Pervasive.SQL CALL: GetEqual(5) ==> 4
return code
This is the error code returned from Pervasive.SQL. A code of 0 is returned for all calls that were successfully completed. See the appendix that describes status codes and messages in the Pervasive.SQL documentation for a list of error codes and their meanings.
SQL Server Message Segments
DBSpy displays messages from SQL Server in the following form: [Context=number][SQLSTATE=number][ERROR=number] [source of error]text of message.
The rest of this section describes each of the SQL Server message segments.
[Context=number]
This number indicates the type of operation that produced the error message. (This number is internal to Sage Accpac ERP.)
[SQLSTATE=number]
This is a five‐digit number returned by the ODBC driver. For a listing of all SQL states, see the SQL Server documentation (see
Error Messages and Resolutions
Administrator Guide B–7
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
ODBC messages in the Administrator’s Companion and see SQLGetInfo in the ODBC API reference).
[ERROR=number]
This is the SQL Server error code that corresponds to the message at the end of the string. See “Handling Error Messages” in the SQL Server Administrator’s Companion for an expanded explanation of the message.
[source of error]
These fields indicate whether the problem arose in the driver or in the server.
text of message
This is the SQL Server message that corresponds to the error code noted above. For more information, look up the error code in the SQL Server Administrator’s Companion.
Error Messages and Resolutions This section describes error messages that you may receive, and gives solutions for them.
94 record lock threshold exceeded
Make sure you are using the correct version of NetWare.
Increase number of locks along following lines (at server console):
SET Maximum Record Locks Per Connection = 5000 SET Maximum File Locks Per Connection = 500 SET Maximum Record Locks = 20000 SET Maximum File Locks = 10000
Generally, if you are running the Server Edition of NetWare, you require a lot of NetWare record locks.
Error Messages and Resolutions
B–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Can’t open database profile table. System Error
1. Make sure you have write and create access to the . . .\SITE folder. Try copying a small file into the folder to see if you are allowed (and then delete it, if OK).
2. Make sure that there is an ORGS.ISM file in the . . .\SITE folder. If there isn’t, run the Sage Accpac Database Setup program to create it. You need only to start Database Setup, enter your password (click OK), and then exit; you do not need to create any database IDs.
Cannot find required system data files
This message usually appears when the SharedData= entry in the Windows Registry points to the incorrect folder.
Cannot initialize this session
Follow the steps under “Can’t open database profile table.”
Company database is locked
In Pervasive.SQL databases, this message means that:
• Workstations on your network are using two different methods to gain access to the accounting database (Pervasive.SQL Requester and Pervasive.SQL Client Engine).
Or
Set Remote File Sharing parameter
• Workstations using the Pervasive.SQL 32‐bit Client Engine have the Remote File Sharing parameter set to SingleEngine instead of MultiEngine.
The following sections explain these two conditions.
Error Messages and Resolutions
Administrator Guide B–9
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
Pervasive.SQL Requester or Client Engine
Workstations can use the Pervasive.SQL Requester to access Pervasive.SQL databases on a network server, or they can use the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine. Note, however, that both methods cannot be used on the same network.
Usually, mixed access arises because you have chosen one access method, but one or more workstations are not set up properly. For example, a workstation may be set to use the Requester, but may not have the correct requester files in the . . .\WINDOWS\SYSTEM folder, so the Requester is not being used.
If you are using the Pervasive.SQL Requester
Follow these instructions to check requester settings:
1. In the Pervasive.SQL folder, select Control Center.
2. Select Configuration from the user’s folder in the left pane, then select Client, then Access.
3. Check the following settings:
• Use Local Microkernel Engine = On
• Use Remote Microkernel Engine = On
If you are using the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine
If you are using the Requester, the program will not use the Pervasive.SQL Client settings. Therefore, the settings should be:
• Use Local Microkernel Engine = On
• Use Remote Microkernel Engine = Off
For more information
If you are using a server version of Pervasive.SQL, see also the Pervasive.SQL documentation.
Error Messages and Resolutions
B–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Error=20
Check the configurations in A4W.INI and the Windows Registry Editor to make sure both files point to the correct location.
Error 34
When importing, don’t include the “COMMENT” field.
Error = 135 Error = 45058
If you are using the Pervasive.SQL NetWare NLM or Pervasive.SQL Windows NT Server, make sure all workstations are using the Pervasive.SQL requester. If a workstation that is not using the requester successfully logs on, it gets exclusive access.
Error From MQUE Server Error 99 Return Code 0000
A program can’t create or write to a file in the company folder. Check the following:
1. Make sure the folder, . . .\Program Files\Sage Accpac\ COMPANY\orgid exists.
2. Make sure the user is not out of disk space.
3. Make sure the user has rights to create and to write to files in this folder.
4. Clear the folder of any old files.
Error loading NWIPXSPX.DLL
The program cannot access the NWIPXSPX.DLL file in your . . .\WINDOWS folder.
Error Messages and Resolutions
Administrator Guide B–11
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
Exit Sage Accpac and Windows, then start again and retry the operation. If the error message reappears, reinstall System Manager, then retry.
Error. Unable to synchronize with time server. Only Administrator may sign on. Please see NT event log for more details.
This message appears when a user who is not the Administrator tries to log on to Sage Accpac when the time server is not working or is turned off.
Internal Error
Call to server. **MSEQ** failed with status 99 and return code 0000 Call to **MSEQ** failed with status 42 and return code 0000
First make sure that the user has the necessary network rights (R W C F) in the Sage Accpac folder and that the status indicates “READY to POST” in the Journal Entry form. Also, make sure the same folders are listed in the Sage Accpac Company folder under your . . .\Sage Accpac\Data folder. (In other words, all the system and company databases you created must also have a subfolder under the Sage Accpac Company folder, using their database IDs.) If the subfolders are not there, create them manually.
Invalid Input. Password must be at least X characters long
The administrator decides whether passwords must be complex (must contain both letters and digits) and selects the minimum length (at least 4, to a maximum of 64).
Invalid Input. Password must contain both letters and digits
Password configuration is set by the administrator and must include at least one letter if the rest are all digits, or one digit if the rest are all letters. Blanks are not allowed.
Error Messages and Resolutions
B–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Invalid input. Passwords may not be re-used
Users cannot change a password to one they used previously.
Invalid input. User ID has been disabled
The system administrator has set the User ID to the disabled designation, preventing them from logging in. They must check with the system administrator for help.
Invalid input. User ID has been locked out.
The system administrator sets the number of logon attempts (between 1 and 999) before a user will be locked out. The user can wait until the lockout has expired (also set by the administrator, this can be between 1 and 30,000 minutes) or simply ask the administrator for help. The administrator can disable this setting so that there is no lockout.
Invalid input. User ID is not authorized to sign on at this time
This message indicates that the user can only log on at specified times or days, as set by the administrator. Users must check with the system administrator for help.
Invalid input. User password may not be changed
The system administrator has set the password option so that a user cannot change their password. They must ask the system administrator for help.
One or more records locked by another user
If a user on SQL Server receives this message frequently when they don’t think there should be a record‐locking conflict, they can increase the value of the LockRetryTimeout entry in the A4WSQLS section of A4W.INI (located in . . .\Sage Accpac\Runtime). The
Error Messages and Resolutions
Administrator Guide B–13
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
value indicates the number of seconds the system will wait until it reports an error.
SQL Server uses the same error code for timeout errors and locked records, so the real problem may be that the server is timing out rather than encountering a locked record (in most cases the timeout is long enough for a record lock to be removed).
If this message appears often — and you have to make this number quite high — consider getting a faster server with more memory. Or set the LockRetryTimeout entry in A4W.INI to zero, which means the system will keep on trying to access the record and will never time out.
Operating system limit reached
There are not enough free file handles or too many locks to open another file or start another application.
1. Write down the message in case you need to consult a technician.
2. Leave Sage Accpac and Windows, and go to the system prompt.
3. Change the number of files, file handles, and locks as needed for your database configuration.
If the message indicates that you do not have enough file handles, increase the value of FILES= in your CONFIG.SYS file.
4. Reset the computer by pressing the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys simultaneously, then start Sage Accpac again and retry the operation.
If the message does not recur, you have solved the problem by changing the number of files, file handles, or locks.
Error Messages and Resolutions
B–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Password change is required
The administrator sets the option for how often users must change their passwords (between 1 and 999 days). Click OK in the message to open the Change Password dialog box.
ROTOCALL Failed
If this message appears when printing Accounts Payable checks, it means that System Manager and/or Windows could not start the Check Print UI Program.
The most likely reason is that there is not enough memory available. Restart Windows and try this again with nothing else running. If the problem persists, try making the Windows swap file larger.
System database is locked
In Pervasive.SQL databases, this message means that:
• Workstations on the network are using two different methods to gain access to the accounting database (Pervasive.SQL Requester and Pervasive.SQL Client Engine).
Or
• Workstations using the Pervasive.SQL 32‐bit Client Engine have the Remote File Sharing parameter set to SingleEngine instead of MultiEngine.
See “Company database is locked” for a complete explanation.
System Error
Call to undefined DYNALINK
This means Sage Accpac is loading the wrong DLL file from the . . .\WINDOWS or . . .\WINDOWS\SYSTEM folder.
Dashboards Errors
Administrator Guide B–15
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
You may have installed another Sage Accpac product and replaced one or more Sage Accpac files with older versions. Perform the following steps:
1. Reinstall Sage Accpac.
2. Search for any files that match CA*.DLL in the WINDOWS or . . .\WINDOWS\SYSTEM folder and rename or replace them with the same file found in . . .\Sage Accpac\Runtime.
There is no structure information for the file. Do you want to add some?
This message can occur when you are printing. Check for the following files: DATADICT.DAT, FIELD.DDF, FILE.DDF, INDEX.DDF, and CSAPP.DAT. These files should be found under the . . .\Sage Accpac\Data\orgid folder. Exit Windows, reboot, and retry. If the same error occurs again, try to reinstall the System Manager and choose Yes to overwrite existing files.
Your password expires today. Do you want to change it now?
Change your password on the day this message appears.
Dashboards Errors The following are errors you might encounter when using Sage Accpac Dashboards.
ASP.NET not registered with IIS
Problem When you open Dashboard, you see the following message:
<%@ Page Language=ʺVBʺ MasterPageFile=ʺ~/Site.masterʺ AutoEventWireup=ʺtrueʺ Inherits=ʺAccpacDashboard._ DefaultʺCodebehind=ʺDefault.aspx.vbʺ %><%@ MasterType
Dashboards Errors
B–16 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
VirtualPath=ʺ~/Site.masterʺ %> <asp:Content runat=ʺserverʺ ContentPlaceHolderID=ʺContentPlaceHolder1ʺ></asp:Content>
Cause ASP.NET is not registered with IIS.
Solution 1. Register ASP.NET with IIS and restart IIS, then:
2. Run the following from the command line:
"C:\WINDOWS\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727\aspnet_regiis -i"
3. Then run ʺiisResetʺ.
Company list empty
Problem The company list is empty on the Dashboard Logon page.
Cause ASP.NET worker process does not have access to Sage Accpac ERP shared Data directory.
Solution Grant ASPNET/ or the account of ApplicationPool identity full access to Sage Accpac ERP Shared Data Directory default:
"\program files\Sage Software\Sage Accpac"
Login Failed
Problem The login failed.
Cause ASP.NET does not have full access to Sage Accpac related resources.
Solution Grant all the necessary access rights to the ASP.NET worker process (ASP.NET or Application Pool identity). If it needs access, Application Pool identity should be a domain account. To start, you may want to find a Windows account that can log in from Sage Accpac Desktop. Then either configure ASP.NET to use the same account or an account with the same access rights.
Other Problems
Administrator Guide B–17
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
Note: Every time you change the security setting (Application Pool identity/ Windows account property), you need to restart IIS.
Outdated content displayed
Problem You load the Dashboard for one date (for example, 2/11/08), view the figures for that date, log out, then restart Dashboard with a different date (for example, 12/31/2010), without first closing Internet Explorer. The Dashboard displays the figures for 2/11/08 instead of displaying the figures for 12/31/2010.
Cause Internet Explorer is displaying the locally‐stored page.
Solution Set the Internet option ʺCheck For Newer Versions of Stored Pageʺ to ʺEvery Visit to the Web Pageʺ in the Temporary Internet Files section of Tools > Internet Options > General tab > Settings.
Service unavailable
Problem Get ʺService Unavailableʺ message when you try to open a Dashboard page.
Cause The Windows account of Application Pool identity )Win2003 server) is not in the IIS_WPG group.
Solution Add the Windows account of Application Pool identity to IIS_WPG group from Computer Management/Local Users and Groups.
Other Problems This section contains a number of situations that users have encountered.
Other Problems
B–18 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Macro Doesn’t Run in Web Desktop
In Microsoft Windows 2003, Internet Information Services has a feature in which the extensions of all files that are to be served must be specified. Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications macro files have the extension .AVB. Therefore, in order for a macro created in Sage Accpac to download over the Web, the IIS Administrator must add .AVB as a MIME type. If this is not done, the macro will fail to download to client computers.
Administrative and Common Services Have Not Been Activated for This Company
This message appears if you attempt to sign on to the Web desktop before activating your company. Companies cannot be activated from a browser, only from the desktop.
Can’t Get LanPak Access From Workstation
1. Make sure the SharedData= statement in the Windows Registry (REGEDIT.EXE) points to the server folder (for example, F:\Sage Accpac Server).
2. Make sure you have installed LanPak into the server’s Sage Accpac folder, and that the LanPak license (LPXXA.LIC) is also in that folder.
3. From the Sage Accpac desktop, select the Help menu, then select LanPak Users. Verify the maximum number of users against the number of current users.
Only One Workstation Can Log On at a Time System database is locked. See Help for more information. Company database is locked. See Help for more information.
If you are using the Pervasive.SQL server engine mode, make sure all workstations are using the Pervasive.SQL requester. If a
Other Problems
Administrator Guide B–19
Smag55-B.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:31:48 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:57:00 PM.
ACCPAC International, Inc. Confidential
Troubleshooting
workstation that is not using the requester successfully logs on, it will have exclusive access.
Version Conflict Message When Trying to Sign On to a Company with No Other Companies Open
Check the system and company database folders locations: they can’t be the same. Run A4WSETUP.EXE to check the system and company database paths. If they are the same, recreate your system and company databases, then reactivate the applications.
Or, you must create a new system and company database, activate the same applications, copy CSAPP.DAT from the new database to the company database you created earlier, then use the new system database with the original company database.
Text and Fields on Forms Overlap on Screen Display
If your computer is running in a resolution beyond 640x480, make sure you use “Small Fonts” instead of “Large Fonts.”
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Appendix C Technical Information
Sage Accpac Folder............................................................ C–1 Application Folders........................................................ C–1 System Manager Folders ................................................... C–2
AccpacWebService..................................................... C–2 ASP .................................................................. C–2 AS99X ................................................................ C–2 BK99X ................................................................ C–2 COMPANY ........................................................... C–2
Technical Inform
ation
CSXXA ............................................................... C–3 DATA ................................................................ C–3 DOCS ................................................................ C–3 GP99X ................................................................ C–3 HELP................................................................. C–3 MACROS ............................................................. C–4 RUNTIME ............................................................ C–4 SAMDATA ........................................................... C–5 SAMPLE.............................................................. C–5 SETUPWZ ............................................................ C–5 SITE .................................................................. C–5 TX99X ................................................................ C–5 USER ................................................................. C–6 WEB.................................................................. C–6 WSSETUP............................................................. C–6
Registry Editor and ODBC.INI Settings.......................................... C–6 System Manager Security Resources ............................................ C–7 System Manager View Objects.................................................. C–8 Super‐View Procedures ........................................................ C–9
Administrator Guide C–i
Sage Software Confidential
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Sage Software Confidential
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Appendix C Technical Information
This appendix gives suggestions for solving Sage Accpac ERP installation problems.
Before you read this appendix:
This appendix provides the following miscellaneous technical information about Sage Accpac ERP:
• An overview of the folder where you installed Sage Accpac ERP.
Technical Inform
ation
• Configuration information in the Windows Registry Editor.
• Internal codes for System Manager security resources.
• Descriptions of System Manager view objects that are displayed in the Macro Developer.
• Super view procedures that are acted on by CmdProcess — information you may need if you write macros.
Sage Accpac Folder This section gives an overview of the default folder into which Sage Accpac ERP is installed.
Application Folders
Program files for Sage Accpac ERP applications are located in version‐specific folders. The folder name is comprised of a two‐character program code, followed by a three‐character version number. For example, GL55A contains version 5.5A of General Ledger.
Administrator Guide C–1
Sage Software Confidential
Sage Accpac Folder
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
The ENG subfolder for applications contains English language versions of the program’s reports, forms, and Help files.
It is possible to have more than one version of an application at one site, and for each of the versions to have more than one set of language files in various subfolders.
System Manager Folders
The following are System Manager folders you will find in the Sage Accpac root directory.
AccpacWebService
This folder contains files required to run Sage Accpac ERP from a Web browser.
ASP
Dynaview data dictionaries are used when converting to Sage Accpac ERP from the ACCPAC Plus for DOS product.
AS99X
This folder contains the program files for Administrative Services. The ENG subfolder contains English language versions of the standard Administrative Services reports and forms.
BK99X
This folder contains the files for Bank Services. The ENG subfolder contains reports and DLL files.
COMPANY
This folder is empty until you create a new system or company database (a subfolder for the database ID is then added).
C–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Software Confidential
Sage Accpac Folder
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
CSXXA
The folder containing the program files for Common Services is called CSXXA, where the last three characters are the version number. The ENG subfolder contains English language versions of reports and forms.
DATA
This folder is initially empty — and will remain empty if you store your data elsewhere. Before you create a new database, you must add a subfolder to this folder that has the same name as the database ID. A company database folder will include the company profile, fiscal calendar, optional tables, and all accounting application data for that company. A system database folder will include currency information, security groups, and user authorizations.
Technical Inform
ation
In many sites, the accounting databases will not be subfolders under the Sage Accpac root directory. For example, if you are using Microsoft SQL Server, you locate the accounting database elsewhere.
DOCS
This folder contains documents and readmes pertaining to the applications you install. These files contain important information that you might need, including an online version of this guide, and checklists for all installed applications. Print the Readme and checklists before setting up systems, companies, and your Sage Accpac ERP accounting programs.
GP99X
This folder contains G/L subledger services files.
HELP
The HELP folder contains Help files in HTML format that can be opened when you click F1 in open forms and dialog boxes on the Sage desktop and in Web browsers.
Administrator Guide C–3
Sage Software Confidential
Sage Accpac Folder
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
MACROS
The MACROS folder is the default macro folder. Sample macros are placed in this folder during installation.
RUNTIME
This folder contains the System Manager program files, the A4W.INI file, and common files (DLL and EXE files) required by all workstations.
A4W.INI — This file contains the following:
• Languages — available for the installed applications.
• System Defaults (including language settings, and the settings for printing and viewing).
• File Formats.
− Object Classes.
− Import/Export DLLs.
• Database Drivers.
Each entry in this section has the form: id=format,driver,ui
where id is the ID (from 0 to 99) assigned to the database driver, FORMAT is a text string describing the database, DRIVER is the database driver program with the extension .DLL, and UI is the database driver’s configuration DLL (used by Database Setup).
Each database driver has a separate configuration section, with its name corresponding to the root name (no path or extension) of the database driver DLL, for example [A4WBTRV], if it is a Pervasive.SQL driver.
The database driver’s configuration section contains LockRetryTimeout=n, where n is the maximum number of milliseconds during which the database driver will retry an
C–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Software Confidential
Sage Accpac Folder
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
operation that reports a lock error. n must be in the range 0 to 30000; the system default is 500.
If a user changes any of the system defaults, a PLUSUSER.INI file containing the user’s selections is created in the User folder. The user file overrides system defaults, and remains intact even if you reinstall Sage Accpac ERP.
SAMDATA
If you chose “Data Files for Database Load” in the Select Features screen during System Manager installation, sample data in a format that can be loaded into Oracle, IBM DB2, or MS SQL databases will be installed into this folder.
SAMPLE
Technical Inform
ation
The Sample directory is created when you choose “Data Files for Pervasive.SQL” in the sample data section of the Select Features screen during System Manager installation. You will see subfolders labeled SAMINC, SAMSYS, and SAMLTD. This data can be used as sample data for Pervasive.SQL databases.
SETUPWZ
The SETUPWZ folder contains program files that allow you to quickly set up your company database using the Sage Accpac ERP Setup Wizard.
SITE
The SITE folder initially contains data dictionaries and the ADMIN user record. It will later include the data that is common to the Sage Accpac ERP installation, such as database tables, all user records and customization directories, and restart records.
TX99X
This folder holds Tax Services files.
Administrator Guide C–5
Sage Software Confidential
Registry Editor and ODBC.INI Settings
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
USER
This folder initially contains a subfolder for ADMIN. It will later include subfolders for each user ID, containing user‐specific configurations.
PLUSUSER.INI — This file displays the paths for each system database and each company database. It is located in the ADMIN subfolder. A PLUSUSER.INI file is created for each user in the User’s subfolder.
WEB
This folder appears if you selected “Web Setup Files” in the Select Features screen during System Manager installation. The folder holds all program files needed for Web deployment.
WSSETUP
This folder contains the files required to set up workstations in a peer network. This folder appears if you selected “Workstation Setup Files” in the Select Features screen during installation.
Registry Editor and ODBC.INI Settings By default, Sage Accpac ERP programs are installed into C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac, and Shared Data is installed into C:\Program Files\Sage Accpac\DATA.
To change these locations, open the Windows Registry Editor, then go to: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/ACCPAC International, Inc.\ACCPAC, as displayed in the following screen shot:
C–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Software Confidential
System Manager Security Resources
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
ODBC.INI file Note that you must also update the ODBC.INI file (located in C:\Windows) if you change any database driver locations.
System Manager Security Resources The security resources for Administrative Services and Common Services in Security Groups have the following internal names:
ASCUR Maintain currency information ASCUREXP Export currency information ASCURIMP Import currency information ASCURUI Currency screens ASDATAINT Check data integrity ASDESKTOP Customize company desktop ASEXPORT Export from Finder ASFNDALL Access all Finder fields ASMACRO Maintain macros ASPRTDEST Change print destination ASGROUPS Security groups and user authorizations ASDBLOAD Database Load ASDBDUMP Database Dump ASCUSTDIR Customization directories ASUSERS Maintain users CSCAL Maintain fiscal calendar CSCOMP Maintain company information CSCOMUI Common Inquiry CSEXPORT Export Common Services data CSIMPORT Import Common Services data CSOPT Maintain optional fields CSSCHEDULE Maintain schedules
Technical Inform
ation
Administrator Guide C–7
Sage Software Confidential
System Manager View Objects
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
System Manager View Objects Choose Object Information from the Debug menu in the Macro Developer to display the following Sage Accpac ERP view objects:
ASAUTH User authorizations view ASCOPY Used to dump, load and copy databases ASCUST Customization directories view ASINTCHK Administrative Services integrity check ASINTPR Administrative Services program check ASMSGPRM Messenger parameters ASSEC Security groups view ASUIASSIGN User UI customizations ASUIPROF UI customization profile headers view ASUSER Users view CSCALENDAR Fiscal calendars view CSCOMPANY Company profile view CSCURCODES Currency codes view CSEURRATES Euro conversion rates view CSINTCHK Common Services integrity check view CSOPTABLES Optional tables view CSOPTFLDS Optional Fields (header and detail) view CSOPTHDR Optional tables view CSRATES Currency tables (header and detail) view CSRATETYPS Currency rate types view CSREMIND Reminder (header and detail) view CSSCHEDINT Schedules integrity check view CSSCHEDULE Schedules view CSTABLES Currency tables view
C–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Software Confidential
Super-View Procedures
Smag55-C.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:23:59 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Super-View Procedures The following super views provide integrity checking in Administrative Services and Common Services. To use these views in a CA‐BLE macro, use CmdProcess; in a Visual Basic macro, use the Process method of the xapiView object.
View Name Function Parameters ASINTCHK Checks integrity of Administrative
Services 0 (zero)
CSINTCHK Checks integrity of Common Services 0 (zero)
Technical Inform
ation
Administrator Guide C–9
Sage Software Confidential
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Appendix D Pervasive.SQL Databases
Pervasive.SQL Database Engines ............................................... D–1 Using the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine.......................................... D–2
Pervasive.SQL Client Engine Configuration .................................. D–2 Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine .................................... D–3 Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine ......................................... D–4
Using Pervasive.SQL for NetWare .......................................... D–5 Requirements ......................................................... D–5
Using Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT ...................................... D–5 Requirements ......................................................... D–6 Setting Up Network Protocols on the Windows NT Server ................. D–6
Installing the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine .................................. D–8 Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine ................................ D–8 Setting Up Network Protocols at Workstations .............................. D–10 Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Requester at Workstations ................... D–13
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
Checking that the Requester is Working Properly ........................ D–14 Where to Now? .............................................................. D–15
Administrator Guide D–i
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Appendix D Pervasive.SQL Databases
This appendix describes what you need to know if you use the Pervasive.SQL database management system with Sage Accpac. This appendix covers both stand‐alone and network configurations.
To use Pervasive.SQL Server databases, you must purchase the product separately.
Pervasive.SQL Database Engines There are two types of Pervasive.SQL database engines: the Client Engine and the Server Engine. The following Pervasive database engines can be used with Sage Accpac:
• Pervasive.SQL Workgroup Engine.
• Pervasive.SQL Server for Windows NT.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
• Pervasive.SQL Server for NetWare.
• Pervasive.SQL Network Client.
Client Engine The Pervasive.SQL Work Group Engine is all you need for Sage Accpac database management for single‐users or for small network systems.
Server Engine Larger network systems can achieve significant performance improvements by installing the server edition (that is, the Server Engine) of Pervasive.SQL for NetWare or Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT.
To use Sage Accpac with the server edition of Pervasive.SQL for NetWare, refer to the section “Using Pervasive.SQL for NetWare,” on page D‐5.
Administrator Guide D–1
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
To use Sage Accpac with the server edition of Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT, refer to “Using Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT,” on page D‐5. Then, refer to the subsequent sections, which discuss installing and configuring the Server Engine.
Data on network? Note: Users can access Sage Accpac using the Work Group Engine, but the Pervasive Server Engine is recommended.
Using the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine The information in this section applies to using the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine system in both stand‐alone and network configurations.
Pervasive.SQL Client Engine Configuration
The Pervasive.SQL Client Engine software runs on each Sage Accpac workstation, regardless of whether your Sage Accpac database is on a network or on a workstation’s hard drive.
D–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Pervasive.SQL Client Engine Configuration
Workstation Server
Local Database
Sage Accpac ERP
Pervasive.SQL Client Engine
Network Database
Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine Installing Pervasive.SQL sets a number of file and memory settings for the database engine that you should be aware of.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
Note: Do not decrease the values of settings that have been entered by other programs using Pervasive.SQL.
To change settings:
1. From Programs in the Windows Start Menu, choose Pervasive, then choose Pervasive Control Center.
2. Select the Configurations Utility for the Database engine being configured.
3. Make sure the settings are equal to or greater than the values listed in the following tables.
Administrator Guide D–3
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Data Integrity Settings:
Value Default Transaction Durability On default is Off Operation Bundle Limit 1 default is 65535
When to multiply values
If the settings are for a workgroup engine that is acting as a gateway or for a server database engine, multiply these values by the number of active users on your network.
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine If you purchased the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine for NetWare or NT products, this section applies to you. Each workstation runs a program called a Requester that communicates with the software on the network server.
NetWare or Windows NT Pervasive.SQL Configuration
Workstation
Sage Accpac ERP
Pervasive.SQL Requester
NetWare or Windows NT
Server
NetWare or Windows NT
Pervasive.SQL Server Edition
Network Database
D–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Using Pervasive.SQL for NetWare
If you installed Pervasive.SQL for NetWare:
• Read the requirements in this section.
• Then, to install Pervasive.SQL for NetWare, read the section “Installing the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine,” later in this appendix.
• After installation, read the following sections:
− “Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine”
− “Setting Up Network Protocols at Workstations”
− “Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Requester at Workstations”.
Requirements
Pervasive.SQL for NetWare with Sage Accpac requires:
• NetWare operating system, version 3.12 or later.
• At least 32 megabytes (MB) of RAM on the server, but preferably more.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
• Pervasive.SQL for NetWare, version 6.15 or later, loaded on each server that stores Sage Accpac data.
• A 32‐bit Pervasive.SQL Requester, version 6.15 or later, on each workstation accessing Pervasive.SQL for NetWare.
• Administrative rights to allow workstations access to the client install folders.
Using Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT
If you use Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT with Sage Accpac:
• Read the requirements and instructions for setting up network protocols on the NT server in this section.
Administrator Guide D–5
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
• Then, to install Pervasive.SQL for NT, read the section “Installing the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine,” later in this appendix.
• After installation, read the following sections that describe server and workstation configurations, later in this appendix:
− “Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine”
− “Setting Up Network Protocols at Workstations”
− “Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Requester at Workstations”.
Requirements
To use Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT with Sage Accpac, you require:
• A dedicated server running Windows NT Server version 3.51 or higher.
• Workstations running Windows NT Workstation 3.51 or 4.0, or Windows 95 or higher.
• Administrative rights to allow workstations access to the client install folders.
• Pervasive.SQL for NT, version 6.15.445 or later.
Setting Up Network Protocols on the Windows NT Server
1. Check that the following software and protocols have been installed (from the Windows Control Panel, double‐click the Network icon, then choose the Protocols tab):
• IPX/SPX compatible protocol
Or
• TCP/IP protocol (for Pervasive.SQL 6.15.445 or higher only).
D–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
IPX/SPX (or TCP/IP) is not set up by a standard Windows NT setup procedure. If it is not installed, you must add it. To install IPX/SPX compatible protocol:
a. On the Protocols tab, click Add.
b. Choose IPX/SPX compatible protocol.
c. Click OK.
2. Set the Primary Network logon to Client for Microsoft Networks (on the Configuration tab).
3. Select the Identification tab and specify your computer name, and your workgroup name (= NT Domain name).
4. Select the Access Control Tab and select User level access control, then specify your NT Domain name under “obtain list of users and groups from.”
5. Click OK.
6. Open the Windows Explorer, select Tools, then select Map Network Drive.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
a. Select a network drive letter.
b. Specify the path for the Sage Accpac folder.
c. Select Reconnect At Logon, then click OK.
You will use this network drive letter whenever you specify the path to the folder.
You should use the same login ID and password in Windows 95 or higher and Windows NT server. You must have enough access rights on Sage Accpac‐related files. Do not use the “Administrator” or “Supervisor” ID.
Administrator Guide D–7
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Installing the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
The server engine product CDs contain online versions of Pervasive.SQL server documentation, which you can refer to for more information.
To install the server engine:
1. Insert the Pervasive.SQL CD into your CD drive.
2. Choose Run from the Windows Start menu.
3. Choose the Setup command for the software you want to install. For example:
NetWare • To install Pervasive.SQL for NetWare (Server Edition), run d:\pervasiv\netware\setup.exe. from the workstation. When the system asks where you want to install the programs, specify the SYS volume and the SYSTEM folder.
Windows NT • To install Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT (Server Edition), run d:\pervasiv\nt\setup.exe. from the NT server.
Refer to the Pervasive.SQL for NetWare or Pervasive.SQL for NT (Server Editions) online documentation for further information.
To view Pervasive.SQL documentation:
1. Install the Adobe Reader from the Adobe Web site.
2. Start Adobe Acrobat and choose the guide you want to view from the DOCS folder on the CD.
Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
This section provides recommended values for setting the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine parameters. If you are running other software packages related to Pervasive.SQL that require higher setting values than those recommended below, use the higher settings.
1. From the Pervasive.SQL folder, select Setup (Win32).
D–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
2. Connect to your server by clicking the Connect button and then typing the server name.
3. In the Component field, select MicroKernel Database Engine.
For the following categories and settings, enter the recommended values as shown (all other settings should remain at their default values):
Category
Setting
Recommended Value
File Settings Open Files Handles Create File Version Maximum Databases
250 1000 6.x See Note A
Memory Resources Cache Allocation 2048 or greater See Note B
System Resources/Directories
Active Clients Number of connections See Note C
Note A. The “Maximum Databases” setting specifies the number of your Sage Accpac company databases.
Note B. Higher memory cache will improve database performance, but you must ensure that the server has enough physical memory (RAM) to support this, or there will be excessive system paging and degradation of server performance.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
Note C. Here are two possible ways to calculate the number of connections:
• workstations * (programs + 3) + others
where:
workstations = the number of workstations running Sage Accpac programs on the network,
programs = the average number of Sage Accpac programs running on each workstation, and
others = the number of sessions required to run your other software products that use Pervasive.SQL for NetWare.
Administrator Guide D–9
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
• workstations * 10 + 30
where:
workstations = the number of workstations running Sage Accpac programs on the network.
4. In the Component field, select Btrieve Communications Manager.
For the following categories and settings, enter the recommended values as shown (all other settings should remain at their default values):
Category Setting Recommended Value
Server Communication Configuration
Number of sessions
Number of connections See Note C in step 3, above
5. Click Save.
6. Restart the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine as follows:
Windows NT • If you are using NT:
From the NT server, open the Control Panel, and select Services. Stop and start “Btrieve v7.0 Windows NT” and “Scalable SQL v4.0 for NT.”
NetWare • If you are using NetWare, enter these commands from the Novell system console:
sqlstop bstop sqlstart
Setting Up Network Protocols at Workstations
This section describes how to set up Windows XP or 2000 (or higher) or Windows NT workstations to enable them to communicate with the Pervasive.SQL server engine.
D–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
Before you install Pervasive.SQL requester software, you must install communication software (either IPX/SPX or TCP/IP). For each workstation, follow these instructions:
1. Let Windows XP (or 2000, or higher ), or the NT Setup detect your network interface card.
2. Install the “Client for Microsoft Networks” component if you are using NT network (or “Client for NetWare Networks” if you are using Novell network).
If it’s not already installed:
a. In the Control Panel, double‐click the Network icon.
b. If “Client for Microsoft Networks” (or “Client for NetWare Networks”) is not installed, click Add, then:
i. Choose Client, then click Add. ii. Choose Microsoft.
Windows NT iii. If you are using NT network, choose Client for Microsoft Networks, Or
NetWare If you are using Novell network, choose Client for NetWare Networks.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
iv. Click OK.
3. Log on to the server from your workstation.
a. In the Control Panel, select the Network icon, and then the Configuration tab.
Windows NT b. If you are using NT:
− Select Client for Microsoft Networks, and then select Properties.
− Select Log On To Windows NT Domain.
− Specify your NT server Domain name, then select the Logon And Restore Network Connections option.
Administrator Guide D–11
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
NetWare c. If you are using NetWare:
− Select Client for NetWare Network.
− Choose Properties and specify Preferred Server name. (Use the default values for the other fields.)
d. Click OK.
4. Install IPX/SPX compatible protocol:
a. From the Windows Control Panel, select the Network icon.
b. If “IPX/SPX compatible protocol” is not installed, choose Add, then:
i. Click Protocol. ii. Click Microsoft. iii. Click IPX/SPX compatible protocol,
Or Click TCP/IP. iv. Click OK.
5. On the Configuration tab of the Network dialog box, set the Primary Network Logon field to Client for Novell Networks.
6. Select the Identification tab and specify your computer name and workgroup name (= NT Domain name).
7. Select User‐level Access Control from the Access Control tab.
8. Specify your NT Domain name under “Obtain list of users and groups from.”
9. Click OK.
10. Select Map Network Drive from the Windows Explorer Tools menu.
a. Select a network drive letter (such as R:).
b. Specify the path for the Sage Accpac folder.
D–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
c. Select Reconnect at logon, then click OK.
You will use this network drive letter whenever you specify the path to the folder.
11. You should use the same login ID and password in Windows 95 or higher, and Windows NT server. You must have enough access rights on Sage Accpac‐related files. Do not use the “Administrator” or “Supervisor” ID.
Configuring the Pervasive.SQL Requester at Workstations
Important! Make sure that all workstations access Sage Accpac data through the Pervasive.SQL Requester. If any workstations use the Pervasive.SQL Client Engine to access data in a Pervasive.SQL server engine mode, other users may not be able to access the data.
Each time you create a company database on a workstation, you must use the Gateway Locator utility to specify the location of the workgroup engine on the shared computer.
To specify the location of the workgroup engine:
1. Click Start, Programs from the Windows desktop, then click the Pervasive folder. Pervasive.SQ
L Databases
2. Point to the Pervasive.SQL folder, then click Gateway Locator from the Utilities submenu.
3. In the Target Directory field, enter the workgroup engine location of the shared computer.
To specify the location of the workgroup engine on the shared computer:
Files for the Pervasive.SQL Requester for Windows are installed in the local WINDOWS\SYSTEM and PVSW folders.
1. On the NT Server, run LAUNCH.EXE (located in Sage Accpac’s WSSETUP folder) to set up Sage Accpac ERP on the workstation.
Administrator Guide D–13
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Using the Pervasive.SQL Server Engine
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
During this Workstation Setup process, the Pervasive InstallScout will test the client/server configuration.
2. If your workstation uses Windows XP (or 2000, or higher), or Windows NT, use the 32‐bit Pervasive.SQL requester, with these settings in the BTI.INI file:
local=no requester=no thunk=yes
The thunk=yes retrieves parameter settings from the Windows Registry.
Use the Pervasive.SQL Setup utility to set the local= and requester= parameters as follows:
a. From the Pervasive.SQL folder, select Setup (Win32).
b. In the Components field, select MicroKernel Router (Win32).
c. Select and set each of the following from Settings field:
Setting Set to Local On Requester On
3. Click Save.
Checking that the Requester is Working Properly
1. Start Sage Accpac ERP from the workstation and open Currency Codes from the Currency folder in Common Services.
The next set of steps will check if the workstation is using the requester.
2. From the Pervasive.SQL Utilities folder, select Monitor (Win 32).
3. From Options, select Connect, then enter the Server Name, the User Name, and the Password.
4. From the MicroKernel menu, select Active Files.
D–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Where to Now?
Smag55-D.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:25:54 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:25:00 AM.
The Windows user ID has opened file CSCCD.DAT (this is the currency codes dialog box that you opened in step 1). If the Windows user ID has not opened file CSCCD.DAT, check your setup.
Where to Now? If you are having difficulty setting up Pervasive.SQL , refer to the Pervasive.SQL online documentation, or to Appendix B, “Troubleshooting,” in this guide.
Pervasive.SQL
Databases
Administrator Guide D–15
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Administrator Guide E–i
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
Appendix E Installing Sage Accpac ERP on a Windows Peer Network
Overview of Installation Steps .................................................. E–2 Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network ................ E–3
Installing and Setting Up Windows to Share Resources........................ E–4 Enabling Resource Sharing ................................................. E–5 Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher ........... E–6
Mapping a Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher to a Shared Folder...................................................... E–7
Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows 2000 ................... E–8 Mapping a Workstation Running Windows 2000 to the Shared Folder ..... E–10
Preparing to Install System Manager ........................................... E–12 Where to Now? .............................................................. E–13
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Administrator Guide E–1
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
Appendix E Installing Sage Accpac ERP on a Windows Peer Network
This appendix contains instructions for setting up a Windows peer network. Windows peer networks are for small workgroups, consisting of two to five workstations networked together using Microsoft Windows Network, with one of the workstations acting as a server.
Each workstation in the Windows peer network must be using either Windows 2000, Windows XP or higher.
The computer acting as the server lets the other computers store data on its drive. Once set up, a Windows peer network allows the server and workstations to share resources.
Non-dedicated Servers
If you are using a single computer as both a server and a workstation, you may find that the performance on your network will suffer. If you have more than two workstations, consider using a dedicated server.
Note: Windows considers all computers on a peer network to be workstations, or clients. However, in these instructions, we refer to the computer where you are installing Sage Accpac as the server, and all other computers as workstations.
For further information on peer networks, refer to Microsoft Windows documentation.
Once your network is operating, follow the instructions in Chapter 3 to install Sage Accpac products.
Overview of Installation Steps
E–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Overview of Installation Steps These are the general steps for setting up Sage Accpac in a Windows peer network:
1. Install Windows 2000 or Windows XP on each computer in the network, and set up all network cabling. Choose the fastest computer as the server.
2. On the computer you plan to use as the server, set up a shared folder for the System Manager, the accounting modules, and accounting data.
Note: If you are also using the server as a workstation (instead of having a dedicated server), consider installing the System Manager and accounting programs on each workstation to reduce demands on the server.
3. Install System Manager on the server, specifying:
• The folder where you will store the programs.
• The Shared Data folder where you will store user and database information.
Choose defaults Choose the installation defaults unless you have a good reason for using other settings.
4. Install Sage Accpac accounting programs on the server.
5. Install one LanPak for each user (and one LanPak for each company database they will open) on the server and on each workstation that will use Sage Accpac.
6. Install Integration Access Pack if you use it.
7. Use Sage Accpac Database Setup to create the System and Company databases for your accounting data and to set global security.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
Administrator Guide E–3
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
8. Start Sage Accpac ERP, selecting your new company. Activate Administrative and Common Services, and complete the Company Profile. Follow the instructions in Chapter 5, “Activating Sage Accpac ERP,” in this guide.
9. Activate Tax and Bank Services, then your accounting applications. Follow the instructions under “Activating Accounting Applications,” in Chapter 5 of this guide.
10. Add a user record for each person who will use the system, as described in Chapter 6, “Entering User Information,” in this guide. Change the password in the ADMIN user record before any users start using Sage Accpac.
11. To restrict user access to data, define your security groups, then assign users to the groups. See Chapter 7, “Setting Up Security,” in this guide.
12. Select the standard printer and printing options for your company. See Chapter 10 in the System Manager User Guide.
13. Set up drive mappings on the workstations so that all the workstations use the same drive letter to refer to the Sage Accpac folder on the server. (This isn’t necessary, but it makes administration simpler.)
14. Run Workstation Setup on each workstation, specifying the location of the Shared Data folder.
Once you finish setting up workstations, you can activate accounting programs, set up ledgers, and start entering data.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
This section provides instructions for setting up a server and workstations running Windows 2000 or Windows XP in a Windows peer network. This section also explains how to set up your system to share resources.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
E–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
• For instructions pertaining to Windows XP or higher, see “Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher,” on page E‐6.
• For instructions for Windows 2000, see “Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows 2000,” on page E‐8.
Installing and Setting Up Windows to Share Resources
Install Windows XP or higher on a server or on a workstation. Consult your Windows operating system installation guides for complete instructions.
To install Client for Microsoft Networks:
1. From the Windows desktop, choose Start, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel.
2. In the Control Panel, double‐click the Network icon.
The Network dialog box opens.
3. On the Configuration tab of the Network dialog box, verify that the Client for Microsoft Networks item appears in The Following Network Components Are Installed list.
If this item is not in the list, install Client for Microsoft Networks, as follows:
a. On the Configuration tab, click Add. The Select Network Component Type dialog box opens.
b. Highlight Client, and then click Add to proceed to the Select Network Client dialog box.
c. Choose Microsoft from the Manufacturers selection list.
d. From the Network Services selection list, choose Client for Microsoft Networks, then click OK. You return to the Network dialog box.
e. Click OK to save your changes and exit.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
Administrator Guide E–5
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
Enabling Resource Sharing
If you are setting up a computer as the server on which the shared folder for Sage Accpac will be placed, you must allow sharing of resources between the workstations and the server.
1. From the Windows desktop, choose Start, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel.
2. In the Control Panel, double‐click the Network icon to open the Network dialog box.
3. On the Configuration tab, verify that the File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks item appears in The Following Network Components Are Installed list.
If this item is not in the list, install File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks, as follows:
a. On the Configuration tab, click Add to proceed to the Select Network Component Type dialog box.
b. Choose Service, then click Add to open the Select Network Service dialog box.
c. From the Models selection list, highlight File and Printer Sharing For Microsoft Networks, then click OK. You return to the Network dialog box.
4. On the Configuration tab, click the File and Print Sharing button to open the File and Print Sharing dialog box.
5. Select the I Want To Be Able To Give Others Access To My Files and the I Want To Be Able To Allow Others To Print To My Printer(s) options, then click OK. You return to the Network dialog box.
6. On the Access Control tab, choose one of the two options.
7. On the Identification tab, enter a computer name and a workgroup name.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
E–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
8. Click OK to save your selections.
The System Settings Change dialog box appears, prompting you to Restart Windows.
9. Click Yes to restart.
Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher
You must set up a shared folder for Sage Accpac ERP on the server.
To set up the shared folder on the server:
1. Assign a Computer Name to the server, (a name that will make it easy to identify the server).
a. From the Windows desktop, choose Start, point to Settings, and then click Control Panel.
b. Double‐click the Network icon in the Control Panel to open the Network dialog box.
c. Select the Identification tab, and type a unique name in the Computer Name field, up to 15 characters long (for example, “Sage_Accpac_Server”).
Note: Do not use blank spaces in the name.
d. Click OK, then restart your computer to apply the new computer name.
2. Create a folder to share with the Sage Accpac workgroup.
3. Double‐click the My Computer icon on the Windows desktop (or open Windows Explorer).
4. Double‐click the directory containing the shared folder, then right‐click the shared folder and choose Properties from the pop‐up menu to open the folder’s Properties dialog box.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
Administrator Guide E–7
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
5. Fill in the Properties dialog box as follows:
a. Choose the Sharing tab, then select the Shared As option.
b. Type a Share Name for the Sage Accpac shared folder.
c. Type a Comment for the shared folder.
The Comment is visible when the Details view is used.
d. Click Add to proceed to the Add User dialog box.
e. Type a name in the Name field and choose either Read Only, Full Access, or Custom. The name moves to the list beside your choice.
f. Click Apply to apply the sharing properties to the Sage Accpac shared folder.
g. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.
The icon for this folder changes to the symbol for a shared folder — a hand holding the folder.
Mapping a Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher to a Shared Folder
You must now map each workstation to the shared folder.
To map a workstation to the shared folder:
1. Open the Network Neighborhood icon from the Windows desktop.
2. Highlight the computer name you assigned to the server containing the shared folder for Sage Accpac accounting applications, then choose the Map Network Drive button.
The Map Network Drive dialog box opens.
3. In the Map Network Drive dialog box:
a. Select a drive to be used for the Sage Accpac folder.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
E–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
b. Select, or type, the path to the shared folder on the Sage Accpac server, as follows:
The format for the path is:
. . .\computername\foldername
Where computername is the name you assigned to the server containing the shared folder, and foldername is the name you assigned the shared folder.
Note: If the server has more than one drive volume, the path will include the volume name.
For example, if you assigned “Sage_Accpac_Server” as the server name and you assigned “Sage Accpac” as the folder name, you would type:
. . .\Sage_Accpac_Server\Sage Accpac
c. Check the Reconnect at Logon check box.
This ensures that the mapping to the Sage Accpac folder is available every time the workstation computer is started.
d. Click OK to apply the mapping. You return to the Network Neighborhood window.
e. Click the exit button in the upper right corner of the window to return to the Windows desktop.
Where to Now? After setting up the workstations and the server, proceed to the section, “Preparing to Install System Manager.”
Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows 2000
Follow the instructions in this section to set up a server or workstation running Windows 2000 on a Windows peer network.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
Administrator Guide E–9
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
When you install Windows 2000 on a server or workstation resource sharing is automatically enabled. Consult your Windows 2000 operating system installation guides for complete instructions.
For instructions pertaining to Windows XP or higher, see “Setting Up a Shared Folder on a Server or Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher,” on page E‐6.
To set up the shared folder:
1. Assign a Computer Name to the server (a name that will make it easy to identify the server).
a. From the Windows desktop, choose Start, point to Settings, and then open the Control Panel by double‐clicking its icon.
b. Double‐click the Network icon to open the Network dialog box.
c. Select the Identification tab, then click Change to open the Identification Changes dialog box.
d. Type a unique Computer Name, up to 15 characters long (for example, “Sage_Accpac_Server”).
Note: Do not use blank spaces in the name.
e. Click OK to return to the Network dialog box.
f. Click OK again, then restart your computer to apply the new computer name.
2. Create a folder to share with the Sage Accpac workgroup.
3. Double‐click the My Computer icon on the Windows 2000 desktop.
4. Select the directory containing the shared folder.
Right‐click the folder you set up as the Sage Accpac shared folder and choose Properties from the pop‐up menu.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
E–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
The Properties dialog box for the Sage Accpac shared folder opens.
5. Fill in the Properties dialog box as follows:
a. Select the Sharing tab in the Properties dialog box.
b. Select the Share As option.
c. Type a Share Name for the Sage Accpac shared folder.
For example, you could type “Sage Accpac.”
d. Type a Comment for the shared folder.
The Comment is visible when the Details view is used.
e. For User Limit, select the Maximum Allowed option.
f. Click Permissions to open the Access Through Share Permissions dialog box.
g. At the Type of Access list box, select Full Control.
h. Click OK to return to the Properties dialog box.
i. Click OK again to close the Properties dialog box and apply the sharing properties to the Sage Accpac shared folder.
When the Properties dialog box closes, you are returned to the window where you selected the Sage Accpac shared folder.
The icon for this folder changes to the symbol for a shared folder — a hand holding the folder.
Mapping a Workstation Running Windows 2000 to the Shared Folder
You must now map each workstation to the shared folder.
To map a workstation to the shared folder:
1. Double‐click the Network Neighborhood icon on the Windows desktop.
Setting Up a Server and Workstations in a Windows Peer Network
Administrator Guide E–11
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
Map Network Drive 2. Highlight the computer name you assigned to the server containing the shared folder, then select the Map Network Drive button to open the Map Network Drive dialog box.
3. In the Map Network Drive dialog box:
a. Select a drive to be used for the Sage Accpac folder.
b. Select, or type, the path to the shared folder on the Sage Accpac server, as follows:
The format for the path is:
. . .\computername\foldername
Where computername is the name you assigned to the server containing the shared folder, and foldername is the name you assigned to the shared folder.
Note: If the server has more than one drive volume, the path will include the volume name.
For example, if you assigned “Sage_Accpac_Server” as the server name and you assigned “Sage Accpac” as the folder name, you would type:
. . .\Sage_Accpac_Server\Sage Accpac
Note: You can also highlight a shared folder in the Shared Folders list to place its path in the Path field.
c. Check the Reconnect At Logon option.
This ensures that the mapping to the Sage Accpac folder is available every time the workstation computer is started.
d. Click OK to apply the mapping.
Where to Now? After setting up the workstations and the server, read the next section, then install the System Manager.
Preparing to Install System Manager
E–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Preparing to Install System Manager The instructions in this section supplement the instructions in the section “Installing the System Manager,” in Chapter 3 in this guide. Please see the installation instructions in Chapter 3 after reading the following general guidelines.
Set up shared folder
1. Set up a shared folder on the server into which you will install Sage Accpac accounting applications, if you have not already done so.
• To set up a shared folder on a server running Windows XP or higher, see “Setting Up a Shared Folder on a Server Running Windows XP or Higher,” on page E‐6.
• To set up a shared folder on a server running Windows 2000, see “Setting Up a Server or Workstation Running Windows 2000,” on page E‐8.
Map to shared folder
2. As soon as the shared folder is set up, map a drive on each workstation in your Sage Accpac workgroup to the shared folder on the server, if you have not already done so.
• To map a workstation running Windows XP or higher to the shared folder, see “Mapping a Workstation Running Windows XP or Higher to a Shared Folder” on page E‐7.
• To map a workstation running Windows 2000 to the shared folder, see “Mapping a Workstation Running Windows 2000 to the Shared Folder” on page E‐10.
• Use the following path format to map a drive on each workstation to the Sage Accpac ERP shared folder on the server:
. . .\computername\foldername
Where to Now?
Administrator Guide E–13
Smag55-e.doc, printed on 3/20/2008, at 10:22:27 AM. Last saved on 3/19/2008 5:38:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Installing on a Peer Netw
ork
For example, if you mapped a workstation’s drive F to a shared folder named Sage Accpac on a server named Sage Accpac_SERVER, the path for the workstation’s drive F will be:
F:\Sage_Accpac_Server\Sage Accpac
In the above example, the root of drive F is the folder named Sage Accpac on the server named Sage_Accpac_Server.
Where to Now? You are now ready to install System Manager and Sage Accpac accounting applications directly onto a server or onto a workstation. For installation, follow the steps in Chapter 3 of this guide.
Administrator Guide F–i
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
Appendix F Microsoft SQL Server Databases
Connect to Server ............................................................. F–1 Create Database Containers ................................................ F–2 Create Login ID ........................................................... F–4 Assign Database Rights .................................................... F–6 Create ODBC Connection .................................................. F–7
Configure Sage Accpac ERP .................................................... F–8 Create Database ID ........................................................ F–9
Setting Up Workstations ...................................................... F–10 Installing SQL Server Client Software on Each Workstation................... F–10
Where to Now? .............................................................. F–11
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Administrator Guide F–1
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
Appendix F Microsoft SQL Server Databases
This appendix describes the process for creating new Microsoft SQL Server database containers. The steps involved in this process include:
• Creating a connection to the server.
• Creating the databases.
• Creating a login ID for your user.
• Assigning database rights.
• Creating the ODBC connection.
These steps are described in the following sections.
Connect to Server There are a significant number of changes to the structure and configuration of SQL 2005, including how the connection to the server is initiated.
Note: This appendix describes SQL 2005 in the steps, however, Sage Accpac still supports SQL 2000.
To open MS SQL and initiate connection with the server:
1. Click Start, point to All Programs, Microsoft SQL Server 2005, and click SQL Server Management Studio.
Connect to Server
F–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
The Connect to Server screen appears:
2. Logon with the default system administrator user name and password (that is, “sa”); verify the correct password in case it has been changed during installation.
3. Click Connect.
You now create the database container, as described in the next section.
Create Database Containers
Create your system and company databases after you successfully establish the connection to the server.
Note: A database container must be created for each database ID in Sage Accpac. Each company in Sage Accpac must have two database containers: a system and a company database. However, multiple companies can be connected to the same system database, therefore, in some cases, there will be only one system database container and multiple company databases.
The system database contains currency and security information only. The company database contains all other company information and accounting data.
Connect to Server
Administrator Guide F–3
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
To create a new database container:
1. In the Object Explorer panel, expand the server engine tree where the databases will be created.
2. Right‐click Databases and then click New Database.
3. Enter the name of the Sage Accpac database into the Database name field in the New Database screen. This database name should be the same as the database ID used in Sage Accpac. (For example, the database IDs for the sample databases are SAMINC and SAMSYS.)
New Database window
4. Click Options in the Select a Page pane.
The New Database window appears:
Collating Sequences
5. Leave the default Collation name or select one from the drop‐down list (or specify a particular method that best suits a specific environment).
Connect to Server
F–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Recommendation We recommend that your selection in the Collation drop‐down list includes”CS” in its name. (“CS” stands for case sensitive), then require that your users enter values into the database in a consistent manner (for example, all uppercase only, or all lower case only).
This means that when users specify search values in Finders in the same case‐sensitive manner, they retrieve the results they expected.
Collation example If you require that your users enter brandnames of chocolate bars in capital letters (for example, CRUNCHIEBAR) but then they search for” CrunchieBar” or “crunchiebar”, the system will not retrieve what they expected, as the database has been set up to look only for words with all caps. Your users must have followed the case‐sensitive entry requirements for searches to return successful results.
6. Leave “Full” as the default entry in the Recovery Model field.
Note: If you are loading a very large database, select “Simple” from the Recovery Model list. Change it to Full after the database load has been completed.
7. Click OK.
8. Repeat this procedure for every system and company database.
Create Login ID
Once the system and company databases have been set up, SQL Login IDs are required for each workstation so that users can sign on to a Sage Accpac company database.
Passwords and Login IDs work like this:
• The system administrator creates a Login ID for SQL Server and stores the Login ID and password with Sage Accpac (using the Database Setup program in Sage Accpac).
Connect to Server
Administrator Guide F–5
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
• The administrator creates a User ID in Sage Accpac for each Sage Accpac user.
• When a user starts Sage Accpac and enters his or her User ID, Sage Accpac verifies the password, then logs onto SQL Server using the Login ID and password entered with the Database Setup program.
This means that individual users on Sage Accpac do not require their own Login IDs for SQL Server, and, consequently, do not have any access rights to the SQL database — except through Sage Accpac.
The single Sage Accpac Login ID has all the rights necessary to read, write, and create tables. All access to tasks within Sage Accpac is managed by Sage Accpac’s User IDs and internal security system.
To set up SQL IDs that will access Sage Accpac databases:
1. Open SQL Management Server Studio.
2. Log onto SQL.
3. In the Object Explorer panel, expand the server engine tree.
Object Explorer
4. Expand Security.
5. Right‐click Logins, then left‐click New Login.
Login window
Connect to Server
F–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
6. Type a new login ID into the Login Name field.
7. Select SQL Server Authentication and specify a password.
8. Select a language in the Default Language field, or leave “Default” as the selection.
9. Click OK.
Assign Database Rights
You now assign rights to the database.
1. Select the database you created.
2. Select Security.
3. Highlight Users.
The following screen appears:
a. Right‐click, and choose New User.
b. Enter the User Name.
c. Enter a Login Name (or use the Browse button to select the user name).
d. In the Database Role Membership section near the bottom of the screen, choose the option, db_owner.
e. Click OK.
Connect to Server
Administrator Guide F–7
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
You now create an ODBC connection.
Create ODBC Connection
An ODBC DSN is required if it is necessary to connect to the database through an ODBC connection, as opposed to directly to the server name.
Note: These steps are optional. Connecting to Sage Accpac data on SQL 2005 Server through a manually created ODBC connection may circumvent required defaults. These defaults are automatically set up by Database Setup in Sage Accpac when directly connecting to the server.
A separate ODBC connection is required for each database ID created in Sage Accpac. Additionally, the connection should have the same name as the database ID.
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and click Control Panel.
2. Double‐click Administrative Tools.
3. Double‐click Data Sources (ODBC).
4. Click the System DSN tab.
Note: The DSN must be set up in the System DSN tab so that all users can access this connection.
5. Click Add.
6. In the Create New Data Source screen, select “SQL Native Client,” then click Finish.
7. In the Create New Database Source to SQL Server screen, type a connection name into the Name field. Use the same name as the database ID in Database Setup in Sage Accpac. The description field is optional.
8. Select the server name from Server list.
Configure Sage Accpac ERP
F–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
9. Click Next.
10. Select With SQL Server Authentication using a login ID and password entered by the user.
11. Select Connect to SQL Server, to obtain default settings for the additional configuration options.
12. Type the login ID into the Login ID field and the password into the Password field. Use the ID that was created earlier.
Note: If using a network protocol other than or in addition to TCP/IP, modify these settings using the Client Configuration button.
13. Click Next.
14. In the Change Default Database To field, select the database for this connection.
15. Click Next.
16. Click Finish to complete the connection setup.
Once the setup has been completed, test the connection. Repeat these steps for each database ID that has been defined in Database Setup of Sage Accpac ERP.
Configure Sage Accpac ERP The final step, after creating the database containers within SQL 2005, is to define and configure database IDs within Database Setup in Sage Accpac. Each database ID will connect to its associated database container in SQL Server Management Studio.
Configure Sage Accpac ERP
Administrator Guide F–9
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
Create Database ID
Since company IDs are associated with system IDs, the system database ID must be created first. Follow the steps below:
1. Click Start, point to Programs, Sage Accpac, and click Database Setup.
2. Logon as the ADMIN user.
3. Click New.
4. In the New Database screen, type the database name into the Database ID field.
Note: This name must be the same as the database container that was previously set up in the SQL Management Studio.
Database names are case-sensitive
SQL Server database names are case‐sensitive. This means that if you create them in uppercase — or with mixed case — you will have to refer to them in exactly the same way when you use Sage Accpac’s Database Setup program.
5. Select Microsoft SQL Server from the Database Format list.
6. Select either “Company” or “System” from the Database Category list, depending on the database ID being set up.
Note: If this is a company database ID, it must be associated with a system database. Select the appropriate system database from the System Database ID list.
7. Click OK.
8. In the Edit SQL Server Database Profile screen, entera description for the database. (This is not required but can be useful in differentiating between similar database IDs.)
9. Enter the server name into the Server field. Alternately, if you set up an ODBC connection (see “Create ODBC Connection” for instructions ) select that DSN.
Setting Up Workstations
F–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
10. Enter the login ID that was created earlier into the Login ID field.
11. Enterthe password into the Password field.
12. Enter the name of the database container that was created earlier, into the Database field.
13. If necessary, select Enable Application Security.
14. Click OK.
15. Repeat this process for each required database ID.
The database setup is now complete. For more information on how to use the Database Load utility to load previous data, please refer to Appendix I in this guide.
Setting Up Workstations This section contains general instructions and various notes on setting up Sage Accpac workstations.
Setting up Sage Accpac workstations involves these general steps:
1. Install SQL Server Client software on each workstation that needs access to Sage Accpac data.
2. Run the ODBC Administrator to create data sources for each Sage Accpac database (follow the instructions in the section, “Create ODBC Connection,” earlier in this appendix, making sure that the client name is the same name as the one you set up in the server).
Installing SQL Server Client Software on Each Workstation
Install the SQL Server Client Software from the SQL Server CD (that is, during SQL server installation, on the Components to Install screen, make sure you select the Workstation Components option),
Where to Now?
Administrator Guide F–11
Smag55-F.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:32:21 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 2:59:00 PM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SQL Server
Databases
and then install any new versions of Client Software files from SQL Server Service Pack 2 (or higher).
Update software from the Service Pack
You must install the SQL Server Client Software that comes on the latest Service Pack to make sure that you have recent enough database drivers and tools to work with Sage Accpac.
Where to Now? For instructions on installing Sage Accpac, go to Chapter 3, “Installing Sage Accpac ERP,” in this guide.
If you are having difficulty setting up SQL Server, refer to the documentation that came with the software and to Appendix B, “Troubleshooting,” in this guide.
Administrator Guide G–i
Smag55-G.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:29:49 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Oracle
Databases
Appendix G Setting Up Oracle Databases
Server Setup .................................................................. G–1 Client Setup .................................................................. G–2 Collating Sequences ........................................................... G–2
Smag55-G.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:29:49 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Administrator Guide G–1
Smag55-G.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:29:49 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Oracle
Databases
Appendix G Setting Up Oracle Databases
This appendix explains how to set up an Oracle database.
Warning! Oracle database passwords are case-sensitive in Crystal Reports, so make sure the case is correct. (Note that Crystal Reports was shipped with earlier versions of System Manager but must now be purchased separately.)
Server Setup Because database joins must be within the same Oracle database, a single Oracle database must contain the system database as well as all company databases that use the system database. The separate system and company database tables are identified by Oracle user names.
After installing Oracle on the server (version 8 or later):
• Create a database to hold all your accounting data.
• Create one user (for example, SAMSYS), with a password, for the Sage Accpac system database.
• Create one user (for example, SAMLTD), with a password, for each Sage Accpac company database that uses the system database.
DBA role Note: Users created for both the company database and the system database must be assigned the DBA role.
Client Setup
G–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-G.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:29:49 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Client Setup After installing an Oracle client on the workstation and testing the connection to the server, create a DSN that points to the database just created.
Create an Oracle system database
Using the Sage Accpac Database Setup program, create an Oracle system database.
Create an Oracle company database
Using the Sage Accpac Database Setup program, create an Oracle company database for each company residing on the Oracle server.
See Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” for further information about setting up Sage Accpac system and company databases.
Collating Sequences You should require your users to always enter items into the database in a case sensitive collating sequence so when they do a search, they retrieve the results they expected. If you require that your users enter brandnames of chocolate bars (for example, CRUNCHIEBAR) in capital letters, but then they search for ”CrunchieBar”, or “crunchiebar”, the system will not retrieve what they expected, as the database has been set up to look only for words with all caps. Your users must have followed case-sensitive entry requirements for searches to return successful results.
Smag55-H.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:30:55 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
IBM
DB
2 D
atabases
Appendix H Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases
Server Setup ..................................................................H–1 Client Setup ..................................................................H–2 Collating Sequences ...........................................................H–3
Administrator Guide H–i
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Smag55-H.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:30:55 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Smag55-H.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:30:55 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
Appendix H
IBM
DB
2 D
atabases
Setting Up IBM DB2 Databases
This appendix explains how to set up an IBM DB2 database to use with your Sage Accpac ERP product.
Sage Accpac ERP on IBM DB2 offers:
• Superior Scalability: Supported platforms include Linux, AIX, Windows NT, Windows XP, and Windows 2000.
• Multiplatform Support: Provides the flexibility to meet all your business needs by supporting all major IBM and non‐IBM platforms including AIX, Linux, and Windows.
• Ease of Use and Management: IBM DB2 is one of the easiest databases in the industry to set up, use, and manage.
• Reliability and High Availability: Brings mainframe‐level reliability to the SMB environment.
• Complete Web Enablement: A Web‐based solution that supports DB2 Universal Database Web technology so that data can be easily accessed from a standard Web browser anytime, anywhere.
Server Setup If you are using DB2, a single DB2 database must contain the system database as well as all company databases that use the system database (because database joins must be within the same DB2 database). The separate system and company database tables are identified by DB2 schemas.
Administrator Guide H–1
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Client Setup
Smag55-H.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:30:55 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
After installing DB2 on the server (version 8 or later):
• Create a database to hold all your accounting data.
• Create one schema (for example, SAMSYS), with a password, for the Sage Accpac system database.
• Create one schema (for example, SAMLTD), with a password, for each Sage Accpac company database that uses the system database.
• In the Performance Tab for the Database configuration, increase the applheapsz parameter to at least 1024.
• In the Logs Tab for the Database configuration, increase the logfilsiz parameter to at least 8192. It may need to be larger for large databases, especially during a database load or data activation.
• In the Activation tab, make sure of the following settings:
− Average Number of active applications= 8
− Maximum OB files open per application= 480.
Client Setup After installing a DB2 client on the workstation and testing the connection to the server, create one DB2 ODBC data source for the system data, and one additional data source for each company’s data. Each of the ODBC data sources should point to the database just created for holding accounting data.
After adding each data source, you return to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. You need to configure the new data sources:
1. Highlight a new data source, then click the Configure button to open the ODBC dBASE Setup screen.
2. Click the Advanced button, then open the Transaction tab on the screen that appears.
H–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Collating Sequences
Smag55-H.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:30:55 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:24:00 AM.
3. Highlight Asynchronous ODBC from the list on the Transaction tab.
IBM
DB
2 D
atabases
4. Clear the option, “Execute Queries Asynchronously.”
5. Click OK in this screen and subsequent screens until the ODBC Data Source Administrator closes.
6. Repeat for all new data sources.
After adding each data source that you created for this purpose, specify the system database schema and password created on the DB2 server. Specify the schema in the database box as well.
Using the Sage Accpac database setup program, create a DB2 company database for each company residing on the DB2 server. Specify the DB2 ODBC data source that you created for each company, as well as the schemas and passwords created on the server for each company. Specify the schemas in the database box as well. (See Chapter 4, “Setting Up Databases,” for further information about system and company database setup.)
Collating Sequences We recommend that you choose System in the Collating Sequence area of the Create Database Wizard screen.
You should then require your users to always enter items into the database in a manner consistent with the collating sequence you have chosen (for example, uppercase only, or lower case only). This means that when users specify search values in Finders in the same case‐sensitive manner, they retrieve the results they expected. For example, if you require that your users enter brandnames of chocolate bars (for example, CRUNCHIEBAR) in capital letters, but then they search for” CrunchieBar”, or “crunchiebar”, the system will not retrieve what they expected, as the database has been set up to look only for words with all caps. Your users must have followed case‐sensitive entry requirements for searches to return successful results.
Administrator Guide H–3
Sage Accpac International, Inc. Confidential
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using U
tilities
Appendix I Using Database Utilities
Using the Database Dump Utility ................................................ I–2 Running DBDUMP From the Windows/Start Menu ............................ I–2 Running DBDUMP From the Sage Accpac Web Desktop ....................... I–4
Using the Database Load Utility ................................................. I–4 Running DBLOAD from the Windows/Start Menu............................. I–5 Running DBLOAD from the Sage Accpac Web Desktop ........................ I–8
Using the Database Copy Utility ................................................. I–9 Running DBLOAD ......................................................... I–9
Administrator Guide I–i
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using U
tilities
Appendix I Using Database Utilities
Sage Accpac ERP ships with three database utilities that let you:
• Extract data from a database (DBDUMP.EXE or DBDUMP32.EXE).
• Load extracted data into a database (DBLOAD.EXE or DBLOAD32.EXE).
• Transfer data between two databases (DBCOPY.EXE).
DBDUMP and DBLOAD can provide you with a convenient format for storing database backups (because the extracted data format is smaller than a full database) or for copying a database from one system to another. Extracting and then reloading a Pervasive database frees the empty space left after removing transaction details or other history, resulting in a smaller database.
DBCOPY copies data directly between two databases without creating an interim, extracted dataset. This utility lets you copy data between Btrieve and SQL Server databases (if you have both versions of the System Manager). You can change a database’s ID by copying it to a new database with the desired database ID and then deleting the original database.
Note that no one else can use Sage Accpac while these utilities are in use.
You can start Database Dump and Database Load from the Sage Accpac Web desktop, or from the Windows/Start menu.
Administrator Guide I–1
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Dump Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using the Database Dump Utility Database Dump extracts data from a Sage Accpac dataset to be stored or loaded into a Sage Accpac database.
Running DBDUMP From the Windows/Start Menu
1. From the Windows Start Menu, choose Programs, then choose Sage Accpac, then Tools, then click Database Dump.
2. Type the ADMIN password for Sage Accpac, then click OK.
3. Select the database whose data you want to extract. (Database Dump finds the database list from the SharedData entry in the Windows registry.)
4. Click the Set Directory button, then enter the folder where you want to put the extracted data files (called datasets).
Database Dump creates a control file with filename extension .DCT in the folder you specify, and puts the actual extracted data in a subfolder of the same name as the DCT. The default location of the folder is . . .\Sage Accpac\Runtime.
The name of the control file is the database ID with the .DCT extension.
I–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Dump Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using U
tilities
Note: When storing extracted data you must retain both the control file and its associated subfolder.
5. Click OK. You return to the Dump Sage Accpac Data screen.
6. Click the Dump button to proceed.
The following confirmation message appears:
7. Click OK to continue.
The following screen appears:
8. Enter a description, then click Done.
The following screen appears:
9. Click OK. You return to the Dump Sage Accpac Data screen.
10. Click Close to end the session.
Administrator Guide I–3
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Load Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Running DBDUMP From the Sage Accpac Web Desktop
1. Click the Database Dump icon.
2. Select a database from the list in the Database field.
3. Type a path in the Dataset Directory field.
4. Type a description in the Description field.
5. Click the Dump button, then click Close.
Using the Database Load Utility Database Load takes a dataset (extracted data) and loads it into a Sage Accpac ERP database. Any data already in the database will be deleted.
Note: You must create the target database and register it for use with Sage Accpac’s Database Setup program before using Database Load.
You can start Database Load from the Sage Accpac Web desktop, or from the Windows/Start menu.
Using sample data If you want to use Sage Accpac sample data in your MS SQL database, make sure you selected the option, “Data Files for Database Load” in the Components screen during System Manager installation.
I–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Load Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using U
tilities
Running DBLOAD from the Windows/Start Menu
Take the following steps to load sample data:
1. From the Windows Start menu, click Programs/Sage Accpac/ Tools, and then click Database Load.
The following dialog box appears:
2. Enter the Administrator’s password, then click OK.
The following screen opens, listing the Sage Accpac datasets available for loading:
Datasets
a. Click the Set Directory button to choose the directory that holds the target databases you created earlier if they don’t appear when this screen first appears.
Administrator Guide I–5
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Load Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
b. Click the Details button if you want further information about a highlighted dataset, as shown below:
You must install a system database with a company database. The load utility will allow you to select, in turn, each of the databases you want to load.
3. Click Next.
A new form appears that lists the databases existing on your system — including those you created earlier and registered using Database Setup, as shown below:
Databases
4. Highlight the target database that you created, then click Next.
Make sure you select the correct database. The Load Database utility will delete all existing tables in the database you select, and will replace an existing database.
I–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Load Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using U
tilities
The following form appears, showing the data that you are loading. So far, in our example, we have only chosen a system database.
Load Data
5. Click Next to load another dataset, following steps 2 to 4.
After you have selected as many datasets as you wish for this load, the Load Data form reappears, displaying the databases ready to be loaded.
6. Click Finish to load the data.
If the target database already contains data, the following message appears:
If you are loading more than one dataset, this message appears for each set that already contains data.
7. Click OK when you have checked that you are loading the data into the correct location.
Administrator Guide I–7
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Load Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
You will see messages that the data is being loaded, then the Load Data screen reappears, as shown below:
Note that the dataset we used in our example has now been loaded, and the list is empty.
8. Click Next to load more datasets into other databases, or click Cancel to end this session.
Running DBLOAD from the Sage Accpac Web Desktop
1. Click the Database Load icon.
2. Select a database from the list in the Database field.
3. Type a path in the Datasets Directory field.
4. Choose a Dataset from the list in the Dataset field.
5. Click the Load button, then click Close.
I–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Copy Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Using U
tilities
Using the Database Copy Utility Database Copy copies the contents of one database to another without creating an interim extracted dataset, allowing you to copy data between Pervasive.SQL and Microsoft SQL Server databases.
Note: You must create the target database and register it for use with the Database Setup program before using Database Copy. All data already in the target database will be deleted.
Running DBLOAD
1. From the Windows Start Menu, point to Programs, then to Sage Accpac, then to Tools, then click Database Copy.
2. Type the ADMIN password for Sage Accpac, then click OK.
3. Select the database that you want to copy, then click Next. (DBCOPY finds the database list from the SharedData entry in the Windows registry.)
4. Select the target database, then click Next.
Administrator Guide I–9
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Using the Database Copy Utility
Smag55-I.doc, printed on 3/6/2008, at 2:31:43 PM. Last saved on 2/7/2008 11:23:00 AM.
Database Copy lists all databases of the same type (that is, system or company) except for the source database.
5. On the final screen (Copy Database), check that the source and target databases have been specified correctly.
6. Click Finish. The following confirmation message appears:
7. Click Yes to proceed. The following message appears:
8. Click OK to end the session.
I–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Sage Accpac INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Administrator Guide Index–1
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
Index
A
A4W.INI file, B–13, C–4 Access All Finder Fields
security groups option, 7–4 Account disabled, 6–4 Account locked out, 6–5 Account restricted, 6–4 Accounting programs
activating, 5–1, 5–12 installing, 3–34
Activating accounting programs, 5–12 administrative services, 5–1 common services, 5–1 definition, 5–1 new company, 5–3
Activating a new database, 5–17 Activating new applications
order of, 5–18 Activating upgrades
order of, 5–16 A/P, 5–17 A/R, 5–16 Bank Services, 5–16 G/L Subledger Services, 5–16 General Ledger, 5–16 I/C, 5–17 O/E, 5–17 P/O, 5–17 Payroll, 5–17 PJC, 5–17 Tax Services, 5–16 Unidevco, 5–17
Activation
A/R and A/P batches, 5–14 billing worksheets, 5–14 Day End Processing, 5–14 deactivate Options products, 5–15 G/L batch, 5–15 important steps when upgrading, 5–13 optional fields product, 5–16 order of
upgrades, 5–16 PJC, 5–14
Activation code error message, and, 3–36 options, 3–26 requesting, 3–11
during installation, 3–12 requesting from web site, 3–11
Activation Request Form, 3–11 e‐mailing, 3–17 faxing, 3–16
Add security groups, 7–7 Adding workstations
running workstation setup, 3–38 to a peer network, 3–39 to a SQL Server installation, 3–39
Address tab Address, 5–6 City, 5–6 Contact, 5–6 Country, 5–6 Fax Number, 5–7 Format phone number, 5–7 Name, 5–6 State/Province, 5–6
Index–2 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Address tab (continued) Telephone, 5–7 Zip/Postal Code, 5–6
Administrative Services activating, 5–1 defined, 1–6 security access, 7–3 security resources, C–7
Administrator Guide, 1–11 Allow authentication, 6–6 Applications folders
contents, C–1 APS Name, 3–57 AS99x folder, C–2 ASP folder, C–2 Assign UI Profile ID
multiple profiles to same user, 6–13 Assign UI Profiles form, 6–11 Assigning User Authorizations, 7–8 Authentication Method
Sage Accpac, 6–5 Windows, 6–5
B
Backing up databases, 4–29 IBM DB2, 4–30 MS SQL, 4–29 Oracle, 4–30 Pervasie.SQL, 4–29
Bank Entries security groups option, 7–6
Bank Services security access, 7–5
Bank Services Checklists, 1–13 BK99x folder, C–2 Bookmark Dashboard site, 3–11 Branch code, 5–9 BTI.INI file
32‐bit Pervasive.SQL Requester settings, D–14
C
Cannot change password, 6–4 Change password at next logon, 6–4 Change Print Destination
security groups option, 7–4 Changing .NET Remoting parameters, 3–58 Check Data Integrity
security groups option, 7–4 Checklist
System Manager Setup, A–1 Client setup
IBM DB2, H–2 Oracle, G–2
CmdProcess integrity check, C–9
Common Inquiry security groups option, 7–3
Common Services activating, 5–1 defined, 1–6 folder contents, C–3 security access, 7–3 security resources, C–7
Common tools installing on network, 2–7
Company database backing up, 4–29 creating, 4–15 deleting, 4–33 editing profile, 4–27 installing sample data, 3–41 moving, 3–47 moving files, 4–31 verifying entries, 4–35
Company desktop opening, 5–3
COMPANY folder, C–2 Company Profile, 5–5
Address tab, 5–5, 5–6 Options tab, 5–5, 5–7
Administrator Guide Index–3
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
CONFIG.SYS increase value, B–13
Configurations basic, 2–2 comparisons, 2–2 most common, 2–2, 2–5 peer, 2–2, 2–7
Configure component services, 3–55 Configure IIS on Windows Vista
for Dashboards, 3–10 Configure IIS on Windows XP
for Dashboards, 3–10 Configure Internet Information Server, 3–55 Configure NET Remoting Parameters, 3–53 Configure Web browser clients
for Dashboards, 3–11 Configure Windows 2000 Server
for Dashboards, 3–10 Configuring
DCOM to use CIS, 3–59 proxy server for DCOM Remoting
channel, 3–61 Sage Accpac Web browser clients, 3–61 Sage Accpac Web Server, 3–59 Windows NT 4.0/Windows 2003 clients,
3–61 Contact (company), 5–6 Copy
Database Copy, I–9 Country code, 5–9 Create DSNs, 4–4 Creating company databases
Oracle, 4–21 Pervasive.SQL, 4–18
Creating new databases, 4–7 IBM DB2, 4–2, 4–9
client, 4–10 server, 4–9
MS SQL, 4–2, 4–12 Oracle, 4–2, 4–13 Pervasive.SQL, 4–2 setting up Oracle client, 4–13
Creating new databases (continued) setting up Oracle server, 4–13
Crystal Enterprise folder, 3–57
Crystal Enterprise requirements, 3–50 Crystal Reports 9 Runtime Files
installation, 3–28 CS99x folder, C–3 Currency Screens
security groups option, 7–4 Customization directories
access, 6–18 creating, 6–18 defined, 6–18 searching for, 6–20 specifying, 6–19
Customization Directories security groups option, 7–5
Customize Company Desktop security groups option, 7–3
Customize form, 6–10 Customize user interfaces, 6–8
D
Dashboards, 3–29 allow anonymous access, 3–6 assign new application pool, 3–8 Authentication Methods screen, 3–7 bookmark site, 3–11 configure application pool identity, 3–9 Configure IIS on Web Server
steps, 3–6 configure Web browser clients, 3–11 create a new application pool, 3–7 create a new Windows account for
dashboard application pool, 3–8 Enable Anonymous Access, 3–7 errors
ASP.NET not registered with IIS, B‐15
Index–4 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Dashboards (continued) errors (continued)
company list empty, B–16 login failed, B–16 outdated content, B–17 service unavailable, B–17
installing IIS first, 3–3 make user member of worker process
group, 3–9 Properties screen, 3–6 setting up, 3–5 user rights, 3–8
Dashboards errors, B–15 Data
changing directories, 4–27 protection
multiuser, 2–11 sharing on network, 2–3, 3–24
Data dictionary defined, 4–35
DATA folder, C–3 Data source
MS SQL system database, 4–12 Data Source
Oracle, 4–14 Data Source option
IBM DB2 database profile, 4–10 Database
A4W.INI file, B–13, C–4 backing up, 4–29 checking data dictionaries, 4–35 company category, 4–17 company ID, 4–17 deleting, 4–33 drivers, C–4 editing profile, 4–27 error log file, 4–36 installing sample, 3–41 monitoring messages, B–3 opening from browser, 3–57 restart record, 8–2 sharing on network, 2–4
Database (continued) system category, 4–8 system ID, 4–8 tools
DBSpy, B–3 event viewer, B–4
Database Changes, 1–13 Database Dump
security groups option, 7–5 Database format
list of, 4–8 Database Load
security groups option, 7–5 Database set up
IBM DB2, H–1 Database Setup, 4–6 Database utilities, 3–41, I–1
Database Copy, I–9 Database Dump, I–2 Database Load, I–4
Database, company creating, 4–15 defined, 4–2 editing profile, 4–27 installing sample, 3–41
Database, system defined, 4–1 editing profile, 4–27 installing sample, 3–41 setting up, 4–7
Databases IBM DB2, 1–8, H–1 MS SQL, 1–7 Oracle, 1–8 Pervasive.SQL, D–1 supported
list of, 4–1 Databases supported, 3–42 Dataset
details, 3–43 DCOM Remoting, 3–50
Administrator Guide Index–5
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
Deactivate during activation, 5–15
Dedicated server, E–1 Default rate type, 5–10 Deleting UI Profile IDs, 6–16 Deleting user records, 6–8 Description
company database, 4–19 system database, 4–8, 4–12
Directory company database, 4–18 system database, 4–9
Display Bank Information security groups option, 7–5
DOCS folder, C–3 Domain field, 6–7 Domain Name
fully qualified, 3–60 Drive mappings, 2–4 Drivers
database, C–4 Dump
Database Dump, I–2
E
Edit security groups, 7–7 Edit UI Profile ID, 6–16 Edit User Authorizations, 7–9 Editing UI Profile IDs, 6–14 Editing user records, 6–7 Encrypt network data, 3–54 Entering user information, 6–1 Error messages
accessing LanPak, B–18 activation code, 3–36 company database locked, B–8 error 99, B–10 lock threshold exceeded, B–7 no structure information, B–15 password expires today, B–15
Error messages (continued) Pervasive.SQL Database Manager, B–6 Pervasive.SQL Server, B–6
segments, B–6 restart record, 8–1 resuming process after, 8–3 system error, B–8 system/company database locked, B–19 version conflict, B–19
EUR currency code, 5–10 Euro option, 5–9, 5–11
functional currency code, 5–10 Exchange rate type, 5–2 Export Bank Services Data
security groups option, 7–5 Export Common Services Data
security groups option, 7–3 Export Currency Information
security groups option, 7–4 Export From Finder
security groups option, 7–5 Export Tax Services Data
security groups option, 7–6
F
Fiscal periods defined, 5–2 selecting number of, 5–8
Fiscal year starting date, 5–4
Folders Sage Accpac, C–1
FQDN, 3–60 Functional currency
defined, 5–2 Euro, 5–10 specifying, 5–9
Index–6 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
G
Gain/Loss Accounting Method Realized and Unrealized, 5–11 Recognized Gain/Loss, 5–11
Gain/Loss Accounting Method:, 5–10 Gateway Locator utility
specifying location, D–13 Global security
options, 4–23 change passwords every, 4–24 enable after, 4–24 lockout after, 4–24 use time server, 4–25
GP99x folder, C–3
H
Hardware required, 3–1
Header/detail file importing, 8–4
HELP folder contents, C–3
HOSTS adding entry on client machine, 3–62
HTML Help, C–3
I
IAP Installation Guide, 1–12 IBM DB2, 1–5
client setup, H–2 database setup, H–1 server setup, H–1 Web enablement, H–1
IBM DB2 company database creating, 4–15
IBM DB2 databases backing up, 4–30 creating, 4–2
IIS configuring, 3–55 configuring on Windows 2000 Server,
3‐10 configuring on Windows XP, 3–10 installing, 3–3
Import Bank Services Data security groups option, 7–5
Import Common Services Data security groups option, 7–3
Import Currency Information security groups option, 7–4
Import Tax Services Data security groups option, 7–6
Inactive G/L account, 5–9 Install Sage Accpac Web Service into IIS,
3‐58 Installation
SQL Server Client Software, F–11 Installing
accounting programs, 3–34 additional software, 3–48 CIS, 3–59 client/server, 3–31 Dashboards, 3–29 network programs, 2–5 on single machine, 3–22 sample data, 3–41
Installing IIS, 3–3 on Windows 2000 Server, 3–5 on Windows Vista, 3–4 on Windows XP, 3–5 Windows Components wizard, 3–3
Installing on a network, 2–5 Installing on a peer‐to‐peer network, 3–30 Installing work group engine, 3–30 Integrated Access Packs, 2–1 Internet
www.sageaccpac.com, 3–11
Administrator Guide Index–7
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
IPX/SPX protocol adding, D–7
L
Language code defined, 6–3
LanPak number of licenses required, 1–2, 3–2 upgrade, 3–45 with Web server, 2–1
LanPak Installation Guide, 1–12 LanPak licenses
Web server, 3–49 License information, 3–20 License Period
30‐day, 3–21 Load
Database Load, I–4 load datasets, 3–44 Location code, 5–9 Location type, 5–9 Locked fiscal period, 5–8 Locked records, B–12 LockRetryTimeout
defined, C–4 Login ID
company database, 4–19 system database, 4–12
M
Macro security high, 4–26 low, 4–26 medium, 4–26 unsigned, 4–26
Macros setting security levels, 4–25
MACROS folder, C–4 Maintain Bank Information
security groups option, 7–5 Maintain Company Information
security groups option, 7–3 Maintain Currency Information
security groups option, 7–4 Maintain Fiscal Calendar
security groups option, 7–3 Maintain Macros
security groups option, 7–4 Maintain Optional Fields
security groups option, 7–3 Maintain Schedules
security groups option, 7–3 Maintain Tax Information
security groups option, 7–6 Maintain Users
security groups option, 7–5 Mapping
network drives, 2–4 to shared folder, E–7, E–10
Mapping drives, 3–39 Memory
minimum required, 3–1 Microsoft Networks
install client, E–4 Microsoft SQL Server, 1–5
setup, 1–7 Monitoring key performance indicators, 3–29 Moving
folders, 3–47 programs, 3–47 Shared data folders, 3–47
Moving a database, 4–31 Pervasive.SQL, 4–31 SQL Server, 4–32
MS SQL create new database, 4–12
MS SQL company database creating, 4–15
Index–8 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
MS SQL databases backing up, 4–29 creating, 4–2
MS SQL Server moving a database, 4–32
Multicurrency EUR code, 5–10 euro option, 5–9, 5–10, 5–11 fields, 5–9 functional currency, 5–9
Multicurrency Installation Guide, 1–12 Multiplatform support
IBM DB2, H–1 Multiple‐record file
importing, 8–4 Multiusers
data protection, 2–11
N
Naming sample databases, 3–42 NET Libraries, 3–28
requirements, 3–51 NET Remoting, 3–50
port range, 3–53 NetWare
setting up network protocols, D–12 Network
sharing data and programs, 2–5 sharing data only, 2–7
Network configurations comparisons, 2–2
Network information, 2–1 Network protocol
setting up, D–6 setting up NetWare, D–12 setting up NT, D–11
Network rights Windows NT server, D–7
New company starting, 5–3
Non‐existent G/L account, 5–9 NT
setting up network protocols, D–11 Number of fiscal periods
defined, 5–2
O
Online documentation, 3–28 Operating system
limit reached, B–13 Optional fields conversion
wizard, 5–12 Optional Fields Installation Guide, 1–13 Optional fields product
activation caution, 5–16 Options tab
Country Code and Branch, 5–9 Default Rate Type, 5–9, 5–10 Euro option, 5–9, 5–11 Functional Currency, 5–9 Gain/Loss Accounting Method, 5–10 Inactive G/L Account, 5–9 Location Type/Code, 5–9 Locked Fiscal Period, 5–8 Multicurrency option, 5–9 Non‐existent G/L Account, 5–9 Number of Fiscal Periods, 5–8 Quarter With 4 Periods, 5–8 Reporting Currency, 5–9, 5–11 Warning Date Range, 5–8
Oracle, 1–5 client setup, G–2 creating new database, 4–13 database setup, G–1 server setup, G–1
Oracle company database creating, 4–15
Oracle databases backing up, 4–30 creating, 4–2
Administrator Guide Index–9
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
P
Passive concurrency, 2–11 Password never expires, 6–4 Peer network
configuration, 2–7 definition, E–1 overview of installation, E–2 set up server
in Windows NT, E–8 set up workstations
in Windows NT, E–8 Periodic Processing
security groups option, 7–6 Pervasive SQL Setup utility, D–14 Pervasive.SQL, 1–4
Client Engine using, D–2
moving a database, 4–31 record management system, D–1 Server Engine
using, D–4 Pervasive.SQL 2000
using Client Engine, B–9 using Requester, B–9
Pervasive.SQL Client Engine configuration, D–2
Pervasive.SQL company database creating, 4–16
Pervasive.SQL databases backing up, 4–29 creating, 4–2
Pervasive.SQL for Netware, D–5 Pervasive.SQL for Windows NT, D–5 Pervasive.SQL Requester
configuring, D–13 loading, D–13
Pervasive.SQL Server Engine configuring requester, D–13 configuring server, D–8 configuring workstations, D–10 installing, D–8
Pervasive.SQL Server Engine (continued) requirements, for NetWare, D–5 requirements, for NT, D–6 restart, D–10 set values
caution notes, D–9 PLUSUSER.INI file
contents, C–6 overrides system defaults, C–5
Port range NET Remoting, 3–53
Post Bank Reconciliations security groups option, 7–6
Primary workstation defined, 2–5
Print Payment Register security groups option, 7–6
Print Tax Tracking Report security groups option, 7–6
Printing from Web browser, 1–6 problems, B–3 setup
checklist, A–2 Profile ID
assigning users, 6–11 Profile Maintenance form, 6–17 Program folders
moving, 3–47 Program number
restart record, 8–2 Programs
moving, 2–10, 3–47 sharing on network, 2–5, 2–7, 3–24
Proxy server configuring for DCOM Remoting
channel, 3–61 setting address and port, 3–62
Index–10 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Q
Quarter with 4 periods, 5–8 Quick Start Guide, 1–12
R
Readme, 1–13, 3–30 Reconcile Bank Statements
security groups option, 7–5 Records
number processed, 8–4 Reduce server traffic, 3–31 Registration
during 30‐day license period, 3–21 Reporting currency, 5–2, 5–11 Reports
printing from Web browser, 1–6 Requester, D–4
checking setup, D–14 Resource sharing, E–5 Restart Maintenance
access to, 8–1 contents, 8–2 defined, 8–1 icon, 8–1
Return Customer Checks security groups option, 7–5
Reverse Checks security groups option, 7–5
ROTOCALL Failed, B–14 Running Workstation Setup, 3–38 Runtime folder, C–4
S
Sage Accpac web site, 3–11
Sage Accpac folder applications, C–1 AS99x, C–2 ASP, C–2 BK99x, C–2 COMPANY, C–2 contents, C–1 CS99x, C–3 DATA, C–3 DOCS, C–3 ENG subfolder, C–2 GP99x, C–3 HELP, C–3 MACROS, C–4 moving, 3–47 Runtime, C–4 SageAccpacWebService, C–2 Samdata, C–5 Sample, C–5 Setupwz, C–5 SITE, C–5 TX99x, C–5 USER, C–6 WEB, C–6 WSSetup, C–6
Sage Accpac Workbook, 1–13 SageAccpacWebService folder, C–2 Samdata folder, C–5 Sample data
installing, 3–41 Sample Data
multicurrency, 3–27 single currency, 3–27
Sample data (SQL) deleting, 4–33
Sample databases naming, 3–42
Sample folder, C–5 Scalability
IBM DB2, H–1
Administrator Guide Index–11
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
Security, F–5 Administrative Services, 7–3 Bank Services, 7–5 changing, 4–27 Common Services, 7–3 global, 4–23 Tax Services, 7–6 turning on, 4–9, 4–13
Security access Administrative Services, 7–3 Bank Services, 7–5 Common Services, 7–3 Tax Services, 7–6
Security groups add, 7–7 edit, 7–7
Security Groups and User Authorizations security groups option, 7–5
Security groups options Access All Finder Fields, 7–4 Bank Entries, 7–6 Change Print Destination, 7–4 Check Data Integrity, 7–4 Common Inquiry, 7–3 Currency Screens, 7–4 Customization Directories, 7–5 Customize Company Desktop, 7–3 Database Dump, 7–5 Database Load, 7–5 Display Bank Information, 7–5 Export Bank Services Data, 7–5 Export Common Services Data, 7–3 Export Currency Information, 7–4 Export From Finder, 7–5 Export Tax Services Data, 7–6 Import Bank Services Data, 7–5 Import Common Services Data, 7–3 Import Currency Information, 7–4 Import Tax Services Data, 7–6 Maintain Bank Information, 7–5 Maintain Company Information, 7–3 Maintain Currency Information, 7–4
Security groups options (continued) Maintain Fiscal Calendar, 7–3 Maintain Macros, 7–4 Maintain Optional Fields, 7–3 Maintain Schedules, 7–3 Maintain Tax Information, 7–6 Maintain Users, 7–5 Periodic Processing, 7–6 Post Bank Reconciliations, 7–6 Print Payment Register, 7–6 Print Tax Tracking Report, 7–6 Reconcile Bank Statements, 7–5 Return Customer Checks, 7–5 Reverse Checks, 7–5 Security Groups and User
Authorizations, 7–5 Transfer Funds, 7–5 View Credit Card Information, 7–6
Security levels macros, 4–25
Server NetWare, 3–31 NT, 3–31 reducing demands, 3–31, E–2 sharing data and programs, 2–5
Server name Dashboards installation, 3–29
Server setup IBM DB2, H–1 Oracle, G–1
Set Directory button, 3–43 Setting global security, 4–23 Setting up system databases, 4–7 Setting up the Web Server
steps, 3–49 Setup
checklist printing, A–2
workstations, 3–38, D–13 Setup checklist, A–1 Setup Wizard Data Entry Checklist, 1–13 Setup Wizard Follow‐Up Checklist, 1–14
Index–12 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
SETUPWZ folder, C–5 Shared data
moving, 3–47 Shared data path, 3–40 Shared folders
mapping to, E–7 Sharing data, 2–3 Sign‐on
database utility, 4–6 new company, 5–3
Single‐record file importing, 8–4
SITE folder, C–5 SOAP, 3–58 SQL sample data
loading, 3–43 SQL Server
database name, 4–12, 4–20 Login ID, 4–12, 4–19 password, 4–12, 4–20 security, 4–13
SQL Server Client Software installation, F–11
Swap file, B–14 System database
backing up, 4–29 deleting, 4–33 editing profile, 4–27 installing sample data, 3–41 locked, B–14 moving files, 3–47, 4–31 setting up, 4–7 verifying entries, 4–35
System information Help menu, 5–19
System Manager and IBM DB2, 1–4 and Oracle, 1–4 and Pervasive.SQL, 1–4 and SQL Server, 1–4 database choices, 1–4 defined, 1–1
System Manager (continued) features, 1–3 services, 1–6 view objects, C–8
System Manager .NET Libraries, 3–28 System Manager documentation, 1–10 System Manager setup
basic steps, 1–7 System Manager Setup Checklist, 1–13 System requirements, 3–1
T
Target database, 3–44 Tasks
security assigned to, 7–3 Tax and Bank Services
defined, 1–6 Tax and Bank User Guide, 1–10 Tax Services
security access, 7–6 Tax Setup Checklist, 1–13 TCP/IP protocol
adding, D–7 Third‐party applications
running on Web, 3–58 Transfer funds
security groups option, 7–5 Troubleshooting
tools DBSpy, B–3
TX99x folder, C–5
U
UI Profile ID creating, 6–9
UI Profile IDs deleting, 6–16
Administrator Guide Index–13
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Index
UI Profile IDs (continued) editing, 6–14
Undefined DYNALINK, B–14 Uninstalling, 3–48 Unregistered products
warning message, 3–19 Updating
accounting programs, 3–46 steps, 3–45 System Manager, 3–46 Tax and Bank services, 3–46 using Data Activation, 3–45
Upgrading important steps, 5–13
User setting up, for Dashboards, 3–9
User Authorizations assigning, 7–8 delete group ID, 7–9 edit, 7–9
USER folder, C–6 User Guide, 1–10 User ID, 6–3
authentication method, 6–3 creating, 2–10 database setup, 4–6 Language, 6–3 new company, 5–3 password, 6–4 restart record, 8–2 subfolder, 6–8
User interfaces customize, 6–8
User records add, 6–3 deleting, 6–8 editing, 6–7
Users Account Type, 6‐2 Authentication Method, 6–2 ID, 6–1 Language, 6–2
Users (continued) Password, 6–2 Username, 6–1 Windows Domain, 6–2 Windows User Name, 6–2
V
Verifying databases, 4–35 View Credit Card Information
security groups option, 7–6 View objects
system, C–8 Virtual directory name
Dashboards installation, 3–29
W
Warning date range, 5–8 Web browser
printing reports from, 1–6 Web deployment, 3–50 Web Deployment Wizard
encrypt network data, 3–54 enhanced security, 3–53 server name, 3–56 Step 1, 3–52 Step 2, 3–53 Step 3, 3–55 Step 4, 3–55 Step 6, 3–58 virtual directory name, 3–56
Web enablement IBM DB2, H–1
Web folder, C–6 Web Report Server
physical path, 3–52
Index–14 Sage Accpac System Manager
Smag55-inx.doc, printed on 3/26/2008, at 3:33:10 PM. Last saved on 3/26/2008 3:10:00 PM.
ACCPAC INTERNATIONAL Confidential
Web Server LanPak requirements for, 2–1 printing note, 1–6 setup steps, 3–49
Web Setup files, 3–27 Windows Authentication
not selected, 6–6 Windows Authentication Mode
change password button, 6–7 password field, 6–7
Windows NT set up peer networks, E–8
Windows NT 4.0/Windows 2003 clients configuring, 3–61
Windows NT server network rights, D–7 setting up network protocols, D–6
Windows peer networks. See Peer network enable resource sharing, E–5 shared folder on server, E–6
Wizard optional fields conversion, 5–12 Web deployment configuration
Step 1, 3–52 Step 2, 3–53 Step 3, 3–55 Step 4, 3–55 Step 6, 3–58
Workbook, 1–13 Workgroup engine
location, D–13 Working Profile, 6–15 Workstation
definition, E–1 installing SQL Server Client Software,
F–11 mapping to shared folder, E–10 setup, B–9, F–10
adding workstations, 3–38 network, 2–6 running, 3–40
using Pervasive.SQL Requester, B–9
Workstation Setup running, 3–40
Workstation setup files, 3–28 Workstations
communicate with server engine, D–10 setup, D–13 using NetWare/NT, B–10
WSSetup folder, C–6